Canon DM Mv600i DM Mv630i DM Mv600 DM Mv590 Service Repair Manual

Video Product
DM-MV650i E,DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E DM-MV590 E

No. D17-7316 Digital Video Camera
iPAL
Canon Inc. Digital Imaging Products Service Dept.
c CANON INC. 2003
First Edition : Feb. 2003 First Print : Feb. 2003
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CONTENTS
1. Product Overview ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-1 1-1 Concepts -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-1 1-2 Main Features -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-1 1-2-1 Direct Printer Compatible ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-2 1-2-2 DV Messenger -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-2 1-3 Function and Performance List ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-3 1-4 Function and Performance Comparison Chart ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-4 2. Technical Explanation ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-10 2-1 Design --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-10 2-1-1 Concept --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-10 2-1-2 Variation -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-10 2-2 DMC III Digital Mechanism Chassis ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-11 2-2-1 Improved Quality ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-11 2-2-2 Configuration Comparison of DMC II and DMC III ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1-11 2-2-3 DMC III Slide in/out Status --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-12 2-3 Direct Print (Canon Camera Direct Correspondence Printer) ------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-13 2-3-1 Direct Print Operation Specifications ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-13 2-3-2 Calling up the Direct Print Setting Screen ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-13 3. Performance and Functions ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-14 4. System Diagram (Common to all Models) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-24 5. Overview of Viewfinder / LCD Panel Displays ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-25 5-1 Camera Mode ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-25 5-2 VCR Mode ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-32 5-3 Card/Camera Mode (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) ------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-36 5-4 Card Playback Mode (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) ----------------------------------------------------------------- 1-39 5-5 Menu Display ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-41 5-6 Card-Related Screen Displays ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-52 5-7 Direct Print Setting Screen ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-60 5-8 Print ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-63 5-9 Warning Displays --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-64 6. Backing Up Various Data ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-66 6-1 Backup by Main Power Supply ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-66 6-2 Backup by Main Power Supply or Backup Power Supply (Lithium Coin Primary Battery) ------------------------------ 1-66 6-3 Backup Conditions Related to Switch Operation -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-67 6-3-1 Turning OFF the Power -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-67 6-3-2 Switching the Power Switch to a Different Position ----------------------------------------------------------------- 1-68 6-3-3 Switching Camera Modes/Switching Program AE Modes ---------------------------------------------------------- 1-69
7. Other Features -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-70 7-1 Green Mode --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-70 7-2 On Screen ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-70 7-3 Headphones and Speaker ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-71 7-4 Battery Indicator, Low-Power Warning, and Low-Power Shutoff ------------------------------------------------------------- 1-71 7-5 System Data Displays ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-71 7-6 Data Code Display ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-71 7-7 MP Tape Support --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-71 7-8 Confirmation Beep ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-72 7-9 Using Analog Line Recording (Not available on PAL models) and ----------------------------------------------------------- 1-73 DV Recording (Not Available on PAL models) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-73 7-10 Support for Analog Signal I/O Copyright Protection Signals ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1-74 7-11 Video ID1 Detection/Output Support -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-74 7-12 Audio Dubbing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-75 7-12-1 Tapes to which Audio Dubbing can be Added ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-75 7-12-2 Selecting an Audio Dubbing Signal Input Source ------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-75 7-12-3 Audio Dubbing Procedure ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-75 7-12-4 CGMS ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-75 7-13 AV Insert (Not Available on PAL models) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-76 7-13-1 Tapes Allowing AV Insert ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-76 7-13-2 AV Insert Signal Input Source Selection ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-76 7-13-3 AV Insert Procedure ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-76 7-13-4 CGMS --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-76 7-14 Analog/Digital Signal Conversion ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-77 7-14-1 A/D Signal Conversion Procedure ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-77 7-14-2 CGMS --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-77 7-15 Multi Switch ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-77
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
1. Product Overview
1-1 Concepts
Multi Media Compact & Stylish Camcorder

The DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E is more stylish than the DM-MV550i E, DM-MV530i E, DM-MV500i E, DM-MV510 E, DM-MV500 E, DM-MV490 E and delivers functions to rival multimedia models.
N Benefits from efforts to reform the cost structure of the Canon lineup. N Deluxe, more stylish design. N Retains the superb performance of the DM-MV550i E, DM-MV530i E, DM-MV500i E, DM-MV510 E, DM-MV500 E, DM-MV490 E series while adding multimedia features. N More advanced picture quality than the DM-MV550i E, DM-MV530i E, DM-MV500i E, DM-MV510 E, DM-MV500 E, DM-MV490 E N Available in three separate models to meet a range of user requirements.
1-2 Main Features

(1) Compact & Stylish G New Stylish Design (2) High Performance Lens G 22 optical zoom lens compatible with 1/ 6- inch CCD (DM-MV650i E only) (3) Excellent Picture Quality G MACS system for improved picture quality (4) Multimedia G Memory card slot, USB terminal (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) G Motion- JPEG (DM-MV650i E only) Camera Direct G Camera Direct (5) Advanced Specification G Advanced accessory shoe (DM-MV650i E only) G New Digital Feature (6) All In One G 2.5- inch LCD and CVF, terminals on camera body
1-1
1-2-1 Direct Printer Compatible

Easy to connect and easy to print N Printing XGA still images stored on a memory card is simple.
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E XGA-size (1024 768) still images
Direct Printer Camera Direct Printer (BJ F890PD) (BJ 895PD) (BJ 535PD) Control printer from DVC Printer cable
1-2-2 DV Messenger
A peer-to-peer type bidirectional communications software program for linking digital video camcorders and PCs. N Allows bidirectional sending of audio or video content and messages (text or images) via the Internet. N Basic specifications are compatible with Windows Messenger. N Allows control (camera zoom and focus, VCR playback and stop, access to the memory card) of the digital video camcorder from a remote PC.
IEEE1394
Internet IEEE1394
1-2
1-3 Function and Performance List

Specifications Zoom mag. CCD Image stabilization Monitor EVF Analog line input Memory card function Card Still images recording Card motion video recording USB file transfer USB direct print IEEE1394 file transfer IEEE1394 streaming video USB compatible Accessory shoe Auxiliary illumination function Illuminated keys Night mode Wide attachment lens G G (Compatible with advanced accessory shoe) White LED (Super Night mode: tape) (Low light + time: card) G (6 colors) G (Super Night mode) G BP-512 *1 : Tape mode only *2 : Not applicable to PAL models G BP-508 G G DM-MV650i E 22 optical zoom/ 440 digital zoom*1 DM-MV630i E 20 optical zoom/ 400 digital zoom*1 DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E 18 optical zoom/ 360 digital zoom*1
1/6-inch interlaced CCD (total pixels : 800,000) Electronic image stabilizer (motion video effective pixels : 400,000) 2.5-inch screen, 112,000 pixels LCD monitor 0.33-inch screen, 113,000 pixel color viewfinder G G (SD memory card, MultiMediaCard) Progressive Photo (1024768, 640480) Motion JPEG + audio (monaural) G G G G *2
1-3
1-4 Function and Performance Comparison Chart

Item Camera Image sensing device System (filter) Total pixels Effective pixels Tape Card Lens Optical zoom magnification, focal length (35mm equivalent) Card Tape Image size Tape Card 1/6-inch CCD 1/6-inch Interlacing (color correction filters) 800,000 pixels 400,000 pixels 528,000 pixels DM-MV650i E : 22 2.8 - 61.6 mm (approx. 54 - 1,188 mm) DM-MV630i E : 20 2.8 - 56 mm (approx. 54 - 1,080 mm) DM-MV600i E, 600 E, 590 E : 18 2.8 - 50.4 mm (approx. 54 - 972 mm) DM-MV650i E : 22 2.8 - 61.6 mm (approx. 48 - 1,056 mm) DM-MV630i E : 20 2.8 - 56 mm (approx. 48 - 960 mm) Digital zoom magnification Magnification,focal length (35mm equivalent) Tape DM-MV650i E : 88 /440 246.4 mm / 1,232 mm (equivalent to approx. 4,752 mm / 23,760 mm) DM-MV630i E : 80 /400 224 mm / 1,120 mm (equivalent to approx. 4,320 mm / 21,600 mm) DM-MV600i E, 600 E, 590 E : 72 /360 201.6 mm / 1,008 mm (equivalent to approx. 3,888 mm / 19,440 mm) Card System Tape Card F number None CCD readout ----DM-MV650i E : F1.6 - 3.6, DM-MV630i E : F1.6 - 3.2, DM-MV600i E, 600 E, 590 E : F1.6 - 2.9 Aperture blades Zoom speed Filter diameter Noise reduction Camera Tape Card
Motion video Still images
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E
2 Variable 30.5mm P0.5 Either CCD-NR or Y/C-NR None Chroma-only, median filter C-NR 1.6 lx 3.4 lx 14 lx Tape Card Electronic None Angular velocity sensing
Recorder Minimum illumination Night mode Low Light mode Auto mode Image stabilization Adjustment system Sensing method Shooting functions AE mode Program AE Tape
(Full Auto) (Auto, Sports, Portrait, Spotlight, Surf & Snow, Low Light, Night, Super Night (DM-MV650i E only))
Card
(Full Auto) (Auto, Sports, Portrait, Spotlight, Surf & Snow, Low Light, Low Light+ (DM-MV650i E only))
Photometric system
Center-bottom-weighted average
Full Auto, Auto, Sports, Portrait, Low Light, Night, Super Night (DMMV650i only)
Evaluative photometry + All area photometry
128 segments (Spotlight mode, Surf & Snow mode (Sand & Snow mode))
1-4

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E Supported (after pressing Setting key, adjust using Multi-switch and press Setting key again) 2 steps (Disabled during Green mode, Spotlight mode, Surf & Snow mode, Night mode, and Super Night mode) Exposure correction Gain setting/sensitivity increase Back light correction Shutter speed High-speed shutter Tape Auto 6 levels (1/50, 1/120, 1/250, 1/500, 1/1000, 1/2000, second. (Auto mode)) Card Auto Tape Card Slow shutter Switches upper limit to 1/250 second (included Program AE) 1/50 sec - 1/500 sec. 1/25 sec - 1/250 sec. 1/15 sec (Low Light mode, Low Light +), 1/8 sec to 1/60 sec (Night mode, Super Night mode) Aperture value Image quality adjustment (custom preset) Color gain adjustment Hue adjustment Sharpness adjustment Setup adjustment White Balance Auto Preset System Focus Mode Manual focus 16:9 Recording system Tape Card Area marker display Digital fade Tape Motion video Auto iris G Outdoor, Indoor TTL, 128 segments AF/MF, forced infinity Multi-switch operation Vertical Stretching Auto Fade, Wipe, Corner Wipe, Jump, Flip, Puzzle, Zigzag, Beam, Tide (executed by pressing the Start/Stop button.) Still Image Card Motion video Still Image Digital effect Tape Card Card mix Tape Card Multi-screen Tape Card Capture speed
Item Shooting functions Exposure adjustment AE lock AE shift
Motion video/still Image Art, Black & White, Sepia, Mosaic, Ball, Cube, Wave, Color Mask, Mirror Motion video/still Image Black & White Motion video/still Image Card Lumi key, Card Chroma key, Camera Chroma key, Animation Motion video/still Image Motion video/still Image Supported (disabled in Night mode and Super Night mode) Motion video/still Image 1/50 sec. Shutter speed 1/12.5 sec. Shutter speed Manual, Fast (every 4th field), Normal (every 6th field), Slow (every 8 fields) Manual, Fast (every 4 fields), Normal (every 8 fields), Slow (every 12 fields) Normal 320 240 pixels (continuous, approx. 10 seconds), 160 120 pixels
Motion video shooting
Mode
Tape Card
(DM-MV650i E only) (continuous, approx. 30 seconds)
1-5

Item Shooting functions Still image Mode Tape Card Single image recording time Continuous shooting Photo button Tape Card Tape Card Form Half depressed Still image confirmation Strobe support (models) Recorded image Frame processing Negative-positive reversal Video light
Normal (field) Progressive (iris shutter) (disabled in Night mode) 6.5 sec. Still image only button Supported (recording standby only) Only with card mounted Frame image (video output is field image) Pseudo frame (Low Light mode, Night mode, Super Night (Slow) mode) (For only DM-MV650i E, white LED is provided (turned ON in super-night mode, low-light mode)) 10 sec./remote control: 2 sec. VGA: 640(H) 480 (V), XGA: 1024(H) 768(V)/JPEG (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
Zebra pattern Color bar display Selftimer Interval timer Clear scan Recorded image size/file format
Memory card REC search REC review Standby switch Power save (after 5 minutes in Recording pause) Displayed text recording Audio
SD memory card, MultiMediaCard G G Power shutoff 16-bit 2-channel (48KHz) 12-bit 4-channel (32 kHz) Simultaneous 4-channel recording not possible G ON/OFF switch (built-in microphone only) Size Pixels Brightness adjustment Color adjustment Movable 0.33-inch (TFT color RGB delta arrangement) 113,000 2.5-inch 112,000 G G Supports mirror shooting
Wind screen EVF
Monitor LCD
Size Pixels Brightness adjustment Movable
1-6

Item VCR Playback system Frame playback Slow playback 2X SP playback 1X SP playback Cue/review Search Photo search Date search Index search Special playback Playback zoom (2X zoom) effects D. effects Tape Card D. fade Tape Card Multi screen Data code display Card Slide show Index playback (6-screen playback) Card fast forward/rewind Audio dubbing AV insert Digital Analog Zero set memory Edit function Simple editing Special effects
Forward/Reverse Forward/Reverse Forward/Reverse Forward/Reverse 11.5X speed G G G (Tape playback or card still image playback) Art, Black & White, Sepia, Mosaic, Ball, Cube, Wave, Color Mask, Mirror Auto fade, Wipe, Corner wipe, Jump, Flip, Puzzle, Zig Zag, Beam, Tide 4/9/16 screen (tape only) Time and Date display G (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) G (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) Card jump (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) G (Microphone only on PAL models) G (Not applicable to PAL models) G (Not applicable to PAL models) G
1-7

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, ZR60 A DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E G G Input/output (Output only for PAL models) Input/output (Output only for PAL models) Input/output, 3.5mm jack (also serves as headphone terminal) G (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) G (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) G (Not applicable to PAL models) G (When connected to BJ 535PD or BJ 895PD camera direct printer: DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) Border yes/no and number of copies can be set (DPOF compatible) World clock Text titles Speaker Confirmation beep Tally light Remote control cord Accessory shoe Video ID Recording modes Illuminated keys Custom key Index Screen key Card mix key Slideshow key DV control Internal battery charging Backup power Battery pack power G G G Supports 1 and 2, G (DM-MV650i E only; supports advanced accessory shoe) G (ID2) (NTSC only) SP,LP G (6 colors: DM-MV650i E only) G (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) G (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) G (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) G Lithium coin battery (CR1616) BP-500 series lithium ion battery
Item System Inter face (terminal) Microphone input Headphone output DV terminal S terminal AV terminal Editing terminal (LANC terminal) USB port (mini-B Receptacle) Memory card file transfer DV to Analog signal conversion Direct print
1-8
G External View
Fig. 1-1
1-9
2. Technical Explanation
2-1 Design
2-1-1 Concept
The design of the DM-MV550i E, DM-MV530i E, DMMV500i E, DM-MV510 E, DM-MV500 E, DM-MV490 E has been further refined with the introduction of a more streamlined surface. The popular layout of the DM-MV550i E, DM-MV530i E, DMMV500i E, DM-MV510 E, DM-MV500 E, DM-MV490 E has been retained. The MENU buttons have been moved out of the LCD to improve ease of use. Independently illuminated keys are used (DM-MV650i E) and the feel of the colored clear keys enhanced (both DM-MV630i E and DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E). The front terminal cover is now finished with metallic paint on all models (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, and DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E) for a more deluxe look.
2-1-2 Variation
DM-MV650i E
Illuminated keys (with white LEDs) (22x zoom) EVF: Silver (paint)
DM-MV630i E
Blue clear keys (20x zoom) EVF: Silver (paint)
DM-FV600i E/ DM-MV600 E / DM-MV590 E

Blue clear keys (18x zoom) EVF: Gray (color of molded plastic)
Champagne metallic (same as DM-MV550i E)
Blue metallic (same as DM-MV5i MC E)
Dark blue metallic (new color)
Cover L: Silver (paint)
Cover L: Gray (color of molded plastic)
Cover L: Gray (color of molded plastic)
1-10
2-2 DMC III Digital Mechanism Chassis

2-2-1 Improved Quality
The DMC I and DMC II digital mechanism chassis, which formed the core of previous Canon camcorder models, were developed in 1997 and 1999, respectively. They helped make those camcorders more compact. In particular, as the excellent image quality and reliability of Canon camcorders has come to be highly evaluated by the marketplace in recent years, the number of units manufactured has been increasing substantially. The DMC III digital mechanism chassis was developed with the aims of further improving reliability, by drastically reducing the number of component parts, and also enhancing quality. At the same times, the developers worked to reduce the cassette loading time and improve ease of operation.
Digital mechanism chassis DMC III period Drum diameter Slide Size Depth Width Height Volume Weight Number of parts FF/REW speed October 2002 21.7mm G 56mm 72mm 23.7mm 95cc 100g 194 30x DMC II January 2000 21.7mm G 56mm 72mm 22.2mm 89cc 100g 272 30x
2-2-2 Configuration Comparison of DMC II and DMC III

DMC III
56mm
DMC II
56mm
72mm
23.7mm
1-11
22.2mm
72mm
2-2-3 DMC III Slide in/out Status

Slide in status Slide out status
23.7mm
56mm
39.4mm
73mm
1-12
2-3 Direct Print (Canon Camera Direct Correspondence Printer)

By connecting the Canon BJ F890PD or BJ 895PD or BJ 535PD camera direct correspondence printer to the product (DM-MV650i E), the user can print still images stored on an SD memory card or MultiMediaCard without using a PC. Note: This function is not compatible with the CP-100 or CP-10 card photo printer.
2-3-1 Direct Print Operation Specifications

Compatible printers Functions 1 image Partial image Border yes/no Date yes/no Number of copies DPOF specified printing Index printing Trimming Operation keys Change button focus Confirmation button Card image advance Card Multi switch (up-down) Setting button image advance + and - buttons G G G G BJ F890PD/BJ 895PD/BJ 535PD
2-3-2 Calling up the Direct Print Setting Screen

(1) The camcorder must be in the Card Playback mode with the BJ 895PD connected and the BJ 895PD powered on. In the upper left-hand corner of the screen two icons marked Print and Settings are displayed. If a memory card with images stored on it is mounted in the camcorder, the last image recorded is displayed on the screen. (2) Press the Setting switch. The camcorder switches to the Direct Print mode.
Turn the Multi switch to select Print, Cancel, No. of Copies, or Style (Border or No Border) and specify the setting for the desired item. (Refer to page 60 for details of the screen.) The direct print setting specifications are basically the same as those for a digital camera. However, the card image advance item on the setting screen is unique to video cameras, and the Advance button works at all times except when an image displayed in reduced size is in the process of being printed. OK L Size Borderless Style Copies Cancel
Other
(1) The image larger than 160 120 dots and smaller than 2024 1536 dots can be printed. However, the file larger than 2MB cannot be printed. (2) Animation image cannot be printed.
1-13
3. Performance and Functions

1 Type 2 Recording system DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E VTR- integrated camera Rotating two- head helical scan azimuth recording Consumer electronics digital DVC (SD specs) Complies with PAL system (625 lines, 60 fields) Digital component recording. R-Y, B-Y = 6.75MHz 8bits PCM digital recording. 16-bit, 48KHz 2 ch (Stereo 1) 12-bit, 32KHz 4 ch (Stereo 1 and 2) 2-frequency pilot system Approx. 18.83mm/second. (in SP mode) Approx. 12.57mm/second. (in LP mode) 21.7mm 9000/ 1.001 rotations/ minute Video heads: 2
2-1 Video signal recording system Quantized bits 2-2 Audio signal recording system
2-3 Tracking 2-4 Tape speed 2-5 Head drum Drum diameter Rpms Heads 3 Recording/ playback time
80 minutes maximum (in SP mode) 120 minutes maximum (in LP mode) Continuous recording time using battery/ actual recording time DM-MV650i E BP-508 Approx. --- minutes/ --- minutes (using CVF), BP-512 Approx. 180 minutes/ 95 minutes (using CVF), BP-522 Approx. 370 minutes/195 minutes (using CVF), BP-535 Approx. 590 minutes/315 minutes (using CVF), DM-MV630i E BP-508 Approx. 100 minutes/ 55 minutes (using CVF), BP-512 Approx. 180 minutes/ 95 minutes (using CVF), BP-522 Approx. 370 minutes/195 minutes (using CVF), BP-535 Approx. 590 minutes/315 minutes (using CVF), DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E BP-508 Approx. 100 minutes/ 55 minutes (using CVF), BP-512 Approx. 180 minutes/ 95 minutes (using CVF), BP-522 Approx. 370 minutes/195 minutes (using CVF), BP-535 Approx. 590 minutes/315 minutes (using CVF), 4 Cassette tape specifications Mini DVC specs 4-1 Tape type Vapor- deposited metal tape 4-2 Tape width 6.35mm Vapor- deposited metal tape 4-3 Tape thickness 7m 5 Camera 5-1 Image sensing device 1/ 6- inch interlaced CCD 5-1-1 Pixels Total pixels Approx. 800,000 Actual effective pixels Approx. 400,000 (tape) Approx. 528,000 (card) 5-1-2 Filter Color correction filter 5-1-3 Color separation system Differential read out 5-1-4 Signal configuration PAL standard color TV signal 5-1-5 Scanning system 625 lines 50 fields / 25 frames 5-1-6 Minimum subject illumination Auto mode Approx. 14 lx Low light mode Approx. 3.4 lx Night mode Approx. 1.6 lx 5-1-7 Subject illumination range Approx. 1.6 lx to approx. 100,000 lx
Approx. --- minutes/ --- minutes (using LCD) Approx. 140 minutes/ 75 minutes (using LCD) Approx. 295 minutes/155 minutes (using LCD) Approx. 470 minutes/250 minutes (using LCD) Approx. 75 minutes/ 40 minutes (using LCD) Approx. 140 minutes/ 75 minutes (using LCD) Approx. 295 minutes/155 minutes (using LCD) Approx. 470 minutes/250 minutes (using LCD) Approx. 75 minutes/ 40 minutes (using LCD) Approx. 140 minutes/ 75 minutes (using LCD) Approx. 295 minutes/155 minutes (using LCD) Approx. 470 minutes/250 minutes (using LCD)
1-14

5-2 Photo lens 5-2-1 Nominal focal length Tape recording DM-MV650i E 2.8 to 61.6 mm 22x zoom (35 mm equivalent: 54 to 1,188 mm) DM-MV630i E 2.8 to 56 mm 20x zoom (35 mm equivalent: 54 to 1, 080 mm) DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E 2.8 to 50.4 mm 18x zoom (35 mm equivalent: 54 to 972 mm) Card recording DM-MV650i E 2.8 to 61.6 mm 22x zoom (35 mm equivalent: 48 to 1,056 mm) DM-MV630i E 2. 8 to 56 mm 20x zoom (35 mm equivalent: 48 to 960 mm) DM-MV600i E, 600 E, 590 E (Card recording not supported) 5-2-2 Nominal aperture ratio DM-MV650i E 1 : 1.6 (F3.6 on tele end) DM-MV630i E 1 : 1.6 (F3.2 on tele end) DM-MV600i E, 600 E, 590 E 1 : 1.6 (F2.9 on tele end) 5-2-3 Lens configuration 11 elements in 8 groups, using one two- sided aspheric lens 5-2-4 Focus adjustment Inner focus type, manually adjustable (adjusted by rotating multi- dial) 5-2-5 Minimum object distance 10 mm (AF linked; wide end), 1 m for full zoom area (from lens tip) 5-2-6 Power zoom Multi- level variable- speed power zoom, slide lever system. The zoom speed can be changed depending on the shift amount of the slide lever. Using optical zoom Approx. 2.1 seconds to approx. 23 seconds (Using tape) Approx. 1.9 seconds to approx. 20 seconds (Using card) Using electronic zoom Approx. 3.6 seconds to approx. 26 seconds (Using tape) Approx. 2.5 seconds to approx. 22 seconds (Using card) Manual zooming cannot be used (no zoom ring) 5-2-7 Focal length display 5-2-8 Macro mechanism 5-2-9 Macro shooting distance 5-2-10 Filter diameter 5-2-11 Accessory lens, filter 5-2-12 Lens hood 5-2-13 Lens cap 5-3 Digital zoom (tape recording only) DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E, 600 E, 590 E 5-4 Image stabilization function 5-4-1 System 5-4-2 Shaking sensing system 5-5 Shooting modes 5-5-1 Tape shooting mode Photo mode None. There is a simple zoom display in the viewfinder. Wide end macro 10 mm (from lens front) 30.5 mm P0.5 Can use WD- 30.5, TL- 30.6, FS- 30.5U, or WA- 30.5 (WA- 30.5 is supplied with DM-MV650i E model only.) None Included; Screw-on type To 88x (approx. 246.4 mm (35 mm equivalent: 4,752 mm)), to 440x (approx. 1,232 mm (35 mm equivalent: 23,760 mm)) To 80x (approx. 224 mm (35 mm equivalent: 4,320 mm)), to 400x (approx. 1,120 mm (35 mm equivalent: 21,600 mm)) To 72x (approx. 201.6 mm (35 mm equivalent: 3,888 mm)), to 360x (approx. 1,008 mm (35 mm equivalent: 19,440 mm)) Included (using tape only) Electronic image stabilizer Angular velocity sensing (using piezoelectric vibration sensor) Motion Video mode, Photo mode (tape and card recording (card recording on DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)) Normal motion video mode (Start and Stop button operation: interlaced scanning) or still image mode (Photo button operation: field still) Still image recording (frame recording; field recording during Card Mix in motion video mode) for approx. 6.5 seconds Half- push lock display ( ) for photo button in viewfinder: Displayed in green when AF is
locked. 5-5-2 Card recording (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) When the Photo button is operated in Card Recording mode, Progressive Photo images can be saved as still images onto a MultiMedia Card or SD (Secure Digital) memory card. Motion video and audio can be recorded on memory card by operating Start/ Stop button (DMMV650i E only). Recording format DCF (Design rule for Camera File system) compliant Image compression format JPEG format (Motion JPEG for motion video), switchable compression ratio (irreversible) (Super Fine, Fine, Standard), refer to section on memory card system (page 1-20)
1-15

5-6 Exposure control 5-6-1 AE function Program AE
5-6-2 Photometric system
Screen segments 5-6-3 Exposure correction function AE shift
Full Auto mode, Auto mode, Sports mode, Portrait mode, Spotlight mode, Surf (Sand) & Snow mode, Low Light mode, Low Light + mode (DM-MV650i E: Card and Camera modes only), Night mode, Super Night mode (Super Night mode is DM-MV650i E only) Center- bottom- weighted average : Full Auto mode, Auto mode, Sports mode, Portrait mode, Low Light mode, Low Light + mode (DM-MV650i E: Card and Camera modes only), Night mode, Super Night mode (DM-MV650i E only) Whole area average photometry + 128- segment evaluative photometry : Spotlight mode, Surf (Sand) & Snow mode 128 segments (16H 8V) AE shift is performed by pressing the AE Shift button. After AE shift, the AE level can be corrected using the multi- dial (except in Full Auto mode, Spotlight mode, Surf & Snow mode (Sand & Snow mode), Night mode or Super Night mode). 7 levels( 2.0, 1.5, 1.25, 1.0, 0. 75, 0.5, 0. 25, 0, +0.25, +0.5, +0.75, +1.0, +1.25, +1.5, +2.0). Indicated by a number (AE 0) in the viewfinder. 1/ 50 second, 1/ 120 second, 1/ 250 second, 1/ 500 second, 1/ 1000 second, 1/ 2000 second (can be selected in Auto mode) Up to 1/ 250 second in Card mode (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E models) When image stabilizer is ON: 1/ 100 second When image stabilizer is OFF: 1/ 50 second 1/ 12.5 second (Low Light mode, Low Light + mode: constant speed) 1/ 50 second to 1/ 6 second (Night mode, Super Night mode) (1/ 6 second to 1/ 500 second automatic setting in Night mode and Super Night mode (DMMV650i E only)) TTLvideo signal sensing AF Screen center None. 10 mm to infinite (at wide end); 1 m to infinite in full zoom area (from lens front) 50 lx - 100,000 lx Continuous AF/ manual focus/ infinity focus. AF can be turned ON/ OFF (by pressing Focus button) except in Full Auto mode. During manual focus (AF OFF), the (MF) display appears in the viewfinder. The shooting distance can be forced to infinity by holding down the side of the Multi- switch in the manual focus mode. 0.33- inch screen, color LCD (approx. 113,000 pixels), ON when LCD monitor is closed (panel facing inwards) and during mirror shooting Possible (70 upward to support low- angle shooting) Possible +1.0 to 5.0 diopter (when eye is at eyepiece) Two elements in two groups
AE Shift amount
5-6-4 Electronic shutter High-speed shutter
Low-speed shutter
5-7 AF (Autofocus) 5-7-1 System 5-7-2 AF range finding area 5-7-3 Range finding window display 5-7-4 AF operating range 5-7-5 AF operating illumination range 5-7-6 AF mode switching Manual focus Infinity focus 5-8 Viewfinder 5-8-1 5-8-2 5-8-3 5-8-4 Rotation Removal of eyepiece Diopter movement range Lens configuration
1-16

5-9 LCD panel 2.5- inch screen, color LCD, approx. 112,000 pixels (480 (H) 234 (V)) TFT active matrix drive. RGB delta arrangement; ON except when monitor is closed (panel facing inwards) 5-9-1 Angle adjustment Possible; monitoring is possible for high- angle, low- angle, and during mirror shooting. 5-9-2 Information display Color display of operating mode, simple zoom position, remaining battery charge, remaining tape, data code, warnings and other indications. Information display is not provided during mirror shooting. Relationship between LCD monitor and viewfinder (CVF)
Camera mode and Card/Camera mode LCD panel position Panel closed (panel facing inwards) Panel closed (panel facing outwards) Panel open Mirror shooting
*3
VCR mode/Card Playback mode LCD panel OFF ON ON ON CVF ON OFF OFF OFF
LCD panel OFF ON ON ON

*2
CVF ON OFF OFF ON
*1 : DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only *2 : Can be set to Mirror mode through menu selection. *3 : During Mirror mode, the screen display is flipped left- right (AE shift, window screen, 16:9, card mix, fader, effect, shutter speed, date and time display) or does not appear ( / card image quality, and recording size only). Card Recording mode: No card , Card Present and Access Indicator <<<< (Mirror mode is temporarily turned off during REC search and when a warning is displayed.) 5-10 White balance adjustment TTL 128 segments, new white extraction system FAWB; includes set/ preset (outdoor: 5,600 k; indoor: 3,200 k) (selected through camera menu) Adjustment range 5-11 Digital feature functions 2,800 k to 8,000 k The following modes are provided: Fader, Effects, Multi-screen. Fader : Can be executed once when Fade mode is displayed in conjunction with pressing the Start/Stop button (the mode display disappears when Fader ends). Effects : Effects are sustained until this function is turned off. Multi-screen : A number of images, equal to the number of screen windows, are captured and displayed manually or each time a fixed number of seconds passes. The display remains until this function is turned off. Card mix : A mixture of included sample images, images recorded to a card, and camera motion video is displayed. (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E model only) 5-11-1 Fader (tape recording only) Audio synchronized fader Auto fade (JAPAN models: White Fade; Overseas models: Black Fade), Wipe, Corner Wipe, Jump, Flip, Puzzle, Zigzag, Beam, Tide. Fade time Approx. 4 seconds. 5-11-2 Effects Art, Black and White, Sepia, Mosaic, Ball, Cube, Wave, Color Mask, Mirror (Black and White only in card recording mode). The effects function is toggled ON/OFF by pressing the D. Effect button. 5-11-3 Multi-screen (tape recording only; excludes Night mode) Number of screens 4 (2 2), 9 (3 3), 16 (4 4) Operating modes Manual, Fast (every 4 frames), Normal (every 6 frames), Slow (every 8 frames) During Low Light mode, the settings are Fast (every 4 frames), Normal (every 8 frames), and Slow (every 12 frames) 5-11-4 Card Mix (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) Mix type Mix type Card Chroma key, Card Lumi. key, Camera Chroma key (iPAL model not equipped with Camera Chroma key) Mix level adjustment Adjustable, 32 levels 5-11-5 Availability in operation modes
Camera Card (still image) Fader Effect Multi-screen Card Mix Black and White only Card (motion video) Black and White only Tape (still image) z z z Tape (motion video) z z z z
1-17

5-12 Built-in microphone 5-12-1 Wind screen function 5-13 Other additional functions 5-13-1 Time code 5-13-2 Data code Time and date Stereo (using electret condenser microphone) Stereo provided by 2 nondirectional microphones and electric circuit Provided, with ON/OFF switch (selected by menu; built-in microphone only) Time code Displays recording time (0:00:00 to 7:59:59) and records in sub-code area. Though not displayed during recording, the date and camera information during recording are automatically recorded and can be displayed during playback. Automatic calendar range: January 1, 2003 through December 31, 2030 (the initial setting is January 1, 2003) World clock capability (select the name of your destination city and the date and time are automatically adjusted to the local date and time); supports daylight savings time. During playback, time can be displayed in three different modes (date only, time and date, or time only). (Time and date can be displayed for January 1, 1990 through December 31, 2089.) Shutter speed and aperture value information are recorded (but not displayed during recording), and can be displayed during playback. Included (advanced accessory shoe: DM-MV650i E only). Included. Tape can be played (forward or reverse) by pressing the REC Search button while camera recording is paused. (When REC Search ends, the camera recording is paused again.) Included. Accessed by operating the Recording Check button when camera recording is paused.
Camera data 5-13-3 Accessory shoe 5-13-4 REC Search mechanism 5-13-5 REC Review function 5-13-6 Zero Set Memory
Included. This function allows you to rewind or fast- forward the tape to the position where the WL- D79/ WL- D80 Zero Set Memory key is pressed (the counter value is set to 0: 00: 00). (During recording, only zero setting is allowed. This function can be used in Playback mode.) 5-13-7 Remote control reception ON/ OFF Possible. This can be done in Camera mode and VCR mode (through menu selection). 5-13-8 Headphone volume adjustment Possible. Can be adjusted using the multi- switch. 6 Recorder 6-1 Recording functions 6-1-1 Recording format 6-1-2 Tape speed SD spec 6-1-3 DV input recording Camera shooting and recording, DV input recording*, analog input recording* (* : iPAL only) Consumer electronics digital DVC (SD specs) Approx. 18.81 mm/ second (in SP mode) , Approx. 12.56 mm/ second (in LP mode) Complies with IEEE1394. Records video/ audio signals from a digital video camera connected through a DV cable. 6-1-4 Analog input recording Records analog video/ audio signals using an S Video terminal and AV terminal. (iPAL only) 6-1-5 Priority of terminals during recording DV terminal > S Video terminal > AV terminal (iPAL only) Insert Recording Possible. (iPAL only) 6-2-1 Insert-capable tape Only tapes with SP recording can be used in Insert Recording. Audio Dubbing Recording Possible. 6-3-1 Audio Dubbing- capable tapes Only tapes with 12- bit/ SP recording (other than 4- channel simultaneous recording) can be used in Audio Dubbing Recording. 6-3-2 Audio dubbing signal input Audio signal from LINE (AV terminal) or microphone (external > internal). 6-3-3 Switching To Audio Dubbing Switch by pressing the Audio Dubbing button on the remote control during Playback Pause. Playback functions Standard Playback and Superb Playback 6-4-1 Standard Playback a. Video Video recorded in SP and LP modes b. Audio 16-bit Supports the following sampling frequencies: 48 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 32 kHz. 12-bit Sampling frequency: 32 kHz Stereo 1, Stereo 2, or mixed playback of Stereo 1 and Stereo 2 (variable mix ratio) 6-4-2 Superb Playback Plays video only a. Still image playback Pure frame playback b. Fast-forward playback Approx. 11.5 speed. c. Rewind playback Approx. 11.5 speed. d. Frame playback Forward/reverse frame feeding e. Slow playback Forward/reverse 1/3 speed f. 1 SP playback Forward/reverse 1 speed g. 2 SP playback Forward/reverse 2 speed h. Edit search Forward/reverse 1 speed Tape fast-forward/rewind time Approx. 2 minutes. 20 seconds. (using 60-minute tape)
6-2 6-3
6-4
6-5
1-18

6-6 Input signals 6-6-1 DV terminal SD format signals complying with IEEE1394 AV/ C protocol (iPAL only) 6-6-2 AV terminal (iPAL only) a. Video signals PAL standard color video signals Impedance 75 Signal level 1Vp-p (composite) b. Audio signals Signal type Stereo audio signals Impedance 40 K or higher Signal level 10dBv 6-6-3 S Video terminal (iPAL only) Signal configuration PAL Y/C separated video signal Impedance 75 Signal level 0.3Vp-p (color burst signal) 6-6-4 Microphone terminal Impedance 5 K or higher Level 57dBv (using 600 microphone) 6-6-5 USB port (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) Conforms to USB 1.1. 6-7 Output signals 6-7-1 DV terminal 6-7-2 AV terminal a. Video signals Signal configuration Output impedance Output signal level Horizontal resolution Self re-recording Camera EE out b. Audio signals Signal type Output impedance Output signal level Frequency characteristic Audio signal S/N For microphone input For external microphone input 6-7-3 S-video terminal Signal configuration Video signal Color signal Brightness signal S/N Horizontal resolution Self re-recording Camera EE out Complies with IEEE1394 AV/ C protocol
PAL standard color video signals 75 1Vp-p (composite) Approx. 430 TV lines (screen center) Approx. 430 TV lines (screen center) Catalog value: Approx. 430 TV lines (screen center) Stereo audio signals 3 K or less 10dBv (with 47 K load) 80 Hz to 12 kHz (1 kHz reference 10 dB range) 48dB or higher 48dB or higher PAL Y/C separated video signal 1Vp- p (brightness + synchronization signal) 0.3Vp- p (color burst signal) 45dB or higher
Conforms to camera EEout Approx. 430 TV lines (screen center) Catalog value: Approx. 400 TV lines (screen center) 6-7-4 Headphone terminal Also serves as AV I/ O terminal (switched through menu screen) Output impedance 47 Output signal level 25dBv (with 16 load at maximum volume) 6-7-5 USB port (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) Supports USB 1.1. Compatible computer systems Windows systems : IBM-compatible PC/ ATs, NEC PC98- NX Series Macintosh systems : Power Macintosh, PowerBook, iMac, iBook Computer operating system Windows systems : Windows 98, Windows 98SE, Windows ME, Windows 2000, Windows XP Macintosh systems : Mac OS 8. 6 to X
1-19

6-8 Memory card system (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) 6-8-1 Types of memory cards used SD memory card, Multimedia card. 6-8-2 Recordable image types and image quality Camera Card mode Camera still images can be recorded by pressing the Photo button, and motion video can be recorded by operating the Start/ Stop button. (DM-MV650i E only) The Digital Effects function or Multi- screen function can be used. VCR card mode Still images can be recorded by pressing the Photo button (depress halfway to display still image, depress fully to record) during tape playback, and motion video can be recorded by operating the Start/ Stop button (approx. 10 seconds at 320 240 pixels and approx. 30 seconds at 160 120 pixels, 15 frames/ second). (DM-MV650i E only) Also, DV input still images (no tape loaded or tape stopped) can be recorded by pressing the Photo button (depress halfway to display DV input still image, depress fully to record), and motion video (15 frames/ second) can be recorded by operating the Start/ Stop button. Quality of still images recorded from tape or DV input to card
Source Recording mode Tape photo recording using NTSC/ PAL models DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E Motion video recording NTSC/ PAL models DV input Line input NTSC/ PAL models NTSC/ PAL models
Image recorded on card Progressive Frame images Simple pure frame images Simple pure frame images Simple pure frame images
6-8-3 File names/folder names
Card volume label
The following folder names and file names are used for images saved to memory card after formatting using the Format menu, based on DCF (Design rule for Camera File system) rules, still image (Exif 2.2) file management specifications, and DPOF (Digital Print Order Format) file management specifications. CANON DV
File types Still image (Exif) file Movie video file Motion video thumbnail file * Photo stitch Zoom browser DPOF file Work file
Compression format JPEG Motion JPEG JPEG JPEG JPEG TEXT TEXT
Folder name and file name //DCIM/xxxCANON/IMG_yyyy.JPG //DCIM/xxxCANON/MVI_yyyy.JPG //DCIM/xxxCANON/MVI_yyyy.THM //DCIM/xxxCANON/STz_yyyy.JPG //DCIM/xxxCANON/AUT_yyyy.JPG //MISC/AUTPRINT.MRK //DCIM/CANONMSC/xxx.tmp
Here, xxx stands for folder number, yyyy for file number, and z for letter from A to Z. * Corresponds to motion video file with same file number. DCF folder and file namd //DCIM/xxxCANON/AUT_yyyy.JPG xxx : Folder No., yyyy : File No. File number Files are managed internally in the format Folder NumberFile Number. Photographed images are assigned file numbers between 0001 and 9900, and 100 image files are stored per folder. Individual folders are assigned numbers from 100 to 998 (but the numbers 199, 299, 399, 499, 599, 699, 799, and 899 are not used). Relationship between folder numbers and file numbers
Folder numbers 100 101 102 198 200 998 9801 9802 9801 0001 9802 0002 0001 0101 0201 0002 0102 0202
File numbers 0003 0103 0203 0099 0199 0299 0100 0200 0300
Stored files Sample images included at time of shipping
9803 0003
9899 0099
9900 0100
Photographed image recording area
9803
9899
9900
Photographed images start with the number 101-0101, and as a basic rule are numbered so as to be greater than the Directory NumberFile Number of files residing on a Memory card.
1-20

6-8-4 Still image recorded image size VGA 640(H) 480(V) pixels Number of recorded still images (SDC-8M) Super Fine mode 35 (file size per image: approx. 175 kb) Fine mode 52 (file size per image: approx. 120 kb) Standard mode 86 (file size per image: approx. 65 kb) 6-8-5 Motion video recorded image size PAL 320(H) 240(V) pixels, 160(H) 120(V) pixels 12.5 frame/second Continuous recording time Per shot Approx. 10 seconds (Approx. 1.7MB), Approx. 30 second (Approx. 2.7MB) Per size second Approx. 170KB, Approx. 90KB 6-8-6 Card format Cards should be formatted using the format command in the camcorder's menu. Cards formatted on a PC cannot be guaranteed to function properly as they may malfunction depending on the operating system. 6-8-7 Stitch Assist function This is an effective way to combine (stitch together) photographed images to create a panoramic image, using a computer. (The supplied PhotoStitch program is used to combine images on the users computer.) The stitch process works by finding the common portions of images that adjoin each other, so the user should frame images in such a way that the common portions contain a distinctive subject (a subject that serves as a landmark). The common portions in each image should constitute between 30% and 50% of the frame width. Also, unevenness at the top and bottom should not exceed 10% of the frame height. 6-9 Digital feature playback functions The following modes are provided: Fader, Effect, Multi-screen. Can be executed once when Fader mode is displayed in conjunction with pressing the /
6-9-1 Fader
button (the mode display disappears when Fader ends). Effects : Effects are sustained until this function is turned off. Multi-screen : A number of images, equal to the number of screen windows, are captured and displayed manually or each time a fixed time passes. The display remains until this function is turned off. Audio synchronized Fader As in Photo mode, Auto Fade (Japanese models: White Fade; overseas models: Black Fade), Wipe, Corner Wipe, Jump, Flip, Puzzle, Zigzag, Beam, Tide Approx. 4 seconds As in Photo mode, Art, Black and White, Sepia,Mosaic, Ball, Cube, Wave, Color Mask, Mirror (Black and White only in card recording mode) The effects function is toggled ON/OFF by pressing the D. Effect button. 4 (2 2), 9 (3 3), 16 (4 4) Manual, Fast (every 4 frames), Normal (every 6 frames), Slow (every 8 frames) Cannot be used.
Fade time 6-9-2 Effects
6-9-3 Multi-screen Number of screens Operating modes 6-9-4 Card mix 6-9-5 Availability in operation modes
Playback (VCR/tape) Fader Effects Multi-screen Card Mix (ZR70 MC A, ZR65 MC A only) G G G
Card playback (VCR/card (ZR70 MC A, ZR65 MC A only))
1-21

6-10 Direct print (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) After connecting the camcorder to the BJ 535PD or BJ 895PD camera direct printer using the DIF-100 direct interface cable supplied with the printer, the user can easily print out still images stored on a memory card. Compatible with DPOF printer settings (image and number of copies). 6-10-1 Printable images On the DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, still image files stored on an SD memory card or MultiMediaCard only. 6-10-2 Print format Single-image printing. Printing of index sheets is not supported. Supported paper sizes are L, LL, postcard, A4, and card. Refer to the specifications of the BJ 535PD or BJ 895 PD printer for information on compatible paper sizes. 6-10-3 Trimming Not supported. 6-10-4 Date stamp Not supported. 6-10-5 Number of copies printed Can be specified between 1 and 99. 6-11 Other functions 6-11-1 Consecutive shooting mechanism Can be used starting in Recording Pause or Stop mode, or starting with the power off. This does not apply to cases where the cassette has been removed. 6-11-2 Automatic stop function This function is activated in the following cases: When forward still image playback is continued for approx. 5 minutes, or reverse still image playback is continued for approx. 5minutes When a condensation warning is displayed When the tape end or beginning is reached 6-11-3 Automatic power-off mechanism Camera tape mode After recording has been paused continuously for approximately 5 minutes. When the battery voltage drops below the specified value. Camera card mode After a period of approximately 5 minutes elapses with the card inserted. When the battery voltage drops below the specified value. 6-11-4 Time code Automatically written during recording. Time code values range from 0:00:00:00 to 7:59:59:24 (hours:minutes:seconds:frames). 6-11-5 Photo search This function searches for images shot in Photo mode. Forward/reverse photo search (use the , keys on the remote control after selecting Photo Search with the remote control Search Select key) Values can be entered in a range of up to the 10th photo from the current position. If there is more than one recording date, this function cue up to the position where the date changes. Forward/reverse date search (use the , keys on the remote control after selecting Date Search with the remote control Search Select key) Values can be entered in a range of up to the 10th photo from the current position. After setting a reference city (the city where the clock's time is set), when you take a picture, select the name of the city where you are shooting. The date and time will be automatically changed to the local date and time, and recorded in the data code.
6-11-6 Date search
6-11-7 World clock display
6-11-8 Speaker Built-in speaker. with volume adjustment 6-11-9 File transfer (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) When the USB port on the PC and the USB port on the camcorder are connected using the included interface cable (IFC-300PCU), still images (JPEG files) and motion video (Motion JPEG files) recorded on the memory card can be transferred to the PC. If the "ZoomBrowser" program (for Windows) or "ImageBrowser" program (for Macintosh) on the included Digital Video Solution Disk is installed on the PC in advance, you can transfer the desired images to the PC while viewing thumbnails of the still images recorded on the memory card. 6-11-10 A/D conversion (not applicable to PAL models) This function performs real-time conversion of analog AV signals input to the AV terminal into digital DV signals and outputs them through the DV terminal. When an 8 mm video player or VHS video player is connected with the camcorder using an AV cable, and the camcorder is connected to a PC using a DV cable, playback images can be transferred from the 8 mm tape or VHS tape to the PC. (Under the VCR settings on the VCR menu screen, set "AV input DV Output" to ON.
1-22

6-11-11 Playback zoom When viewing images recorded on tape or card (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only,still images only), moving the Zoom lever to the Telephoto side causes the image being displayed to appear at 2x magnification. Moving the Zoom lever back to the Wide side causes the image to be displayed at its original (unmagnified) size. When viewing an enlarged image, the Multi-dial can be used to change the portion of the image that is displayed. (In LCD monitor, a frame indicating the magnified portion is displayed along with and indications showing the directions in which movement is possible using the Multi-dial.) To toggle between up-down and left-right movement, the user presses the Multi-
6-11-12 Battery charge function
dial. (The default setting when switching to 2x magnification is left-right movement.) By connecting to Canon compact power adapter CA-570, the battery pack installed at the battery pack installing section can be charged. (When charging is performed, the charge lamp flashes (1flash for the charged amount ranged from 0% to approx. 75%; 2-flash for the charged amount ranged from 75% to 95%) or lights up (at full charge, that is, 95% or more.)
Charging time BP-508: Approx. 110 min., BP-511/512: Approx. 120 min., (with power supply switch OFF) BP-522: Approx. 210 min., BP-535: Approx. 310 min. 7 Terminals and ports 7-1 DV terminal Special 4-pin connector (IEEE1394 compatible); input and output (Output only on PAL models) 7-2 S-video terminal 4-pin mini-DIN, input and output (Output only on PAL models) 7-3 AV (Video/audio) terminal 3.5mm, 4-pole pin jack (yellow); input and output (Output only on PAL models) also serves as headphone terminal 7-4 External microphone input terminal 3.5mm stereo mini jack 7-5 Headphone terminal 3.5mm stereo mini jack (also serves as AV terminal) 7-6 Memory card connection terminal Special multi-pin (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) 7-7 Battery terminal Special 3-pin 7-8 DC IN terminal 3.4mm jack 7-9 USB port 5-pin (mini-B Receptacle; DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) 8 Power supply 8-1 Input power 7.4V DC (battery pack), 8.4V DC (DC IN). 8-2 Power consumption DM-MV650i E During shooting : Approx. 2.9 W (using CVF); approx. 3.8 W (using LCD monitor) During playback : Approx. 4.2 W (using LCD monitor) DM-MV630i E During shooting : Approx. 2.9 W (using CVF); approx. 3.8 W (using LCD monitor) During playback : Approx. 4.2 W (using LCD monitor) DM-MV600i E, 600 E, 590 E During shooting : Approx. 2.9 W (using CVF); approx. 3.8 W (using LCD monitor) During playback : Approx. 4.2 W (using LCD monitor) 9 Dimensions (W H D) Approx. 58 103 147 mm (approx. 2.3 in 4.1 5.8 in) (excluding small projections) 10 Weight 10-1 Camcorder alone DM-MV650i E Approx. 525 g (approx. 1.2 lb) DM-MV630i E Approx. 520 g (approx. 1.1 lb) DM-MV600i E, 600 E, 590 E Approx. 520 g (approx. 1.1 lb) 10-2 Total equipped weight DM-MV650i E Approx. 625 g (approx. 1.4 lb) *1 DM-MV630i E Approx. 610 g (approx. 1.3 lb) *2 DM-MV600i E, 600 E, 590 E Approx. 610 g (approx. 1.3 lb) *3 *1 : (including BP-512, DVM-E30, lens cap, coin-type lithium battery, SDC-8M, grip belt) *2 : (including BP-508, DVM-E30, lens cap, coin-type lithium battery, SDC-8M, grip belt) *3 : (including BP-508, DVM-E30, lens cap, coin-type lithium battery, grip belt) 11 Temperature and humidity requirements 11-1 Temperature and humidity requirements for performance 0C to 40C, maximum 85% relative humidity 11-2 Temperature and humidity requirements for operation 5C to 45C, maximum 65% relative humidity
1-23
4. System Diagram (Common to all Models)

WS-20 Wrist Strap
MV650i WA-30.5Wide Attachment MV650i MV630i WL-D79 Wireless Controller MV600i MV600 WL-D80 Wireless Controller
SS-800 Shoulder Strap
BP-500 Series Battery Pack CG-570 Battery Charger CB-570 Car Battery Cable
WD-30.5Wideconverter
TL-30.5Teleconverter
MiniDV Video Cassette
CA-570 Compact Power Adapter
FS-30.5U Filter Set
BP-500 Series Battery Pack S-150 S-video Cable
MV650i VL-3 Video Light
TV STV-250N StereoVideo Cable

MV650i DM-50 Directional
PC-A10 SCART Adapter
VCR
Stereo Microphone CV-150F/CV-250F DV Cable BP-900 Series Battery Pack*

MV650i MV630i
Digital Device
VL-10Li Battery Video Light
PC Card Adapter SD Memory Card USB Reader/Writer FD Adapter MultiMediaCard IFC-300PCU USB Cable Computer
Stereo Microphone (commercially available)
SC-1000 Soft Carrying Case
Bubble Jet Printer with direct print function
Fig. 1-2
1-24
5. Overview of Viewfinder / LCD Panel Displays

5-1 Camera Mode
MENU INDICATION Camera mode PAL MODEL REMARKS
Zoom display (displayed for approx. four seconds after zooming) Optical zooming 88 digital zooming 440 digital zooming
9
9
6
6
For DM-MV630i E at 80 and DM-MV600i E, 600 E, 590 E at 72

6
For DM-MV630i E at 400 and DM-MV600i E, 600 E, 590 E at 360
Zooming stopped Zoominging to tele end Zoominging to wide end
9 9
9
6 6
6
Image stabilizer display The image stabilizer is ON The image stabilizer is OFF No display
Recording mode display SD mode During SP recording During LP recording
Operation mode display Recording Record pause Playback is stopped Cassette is ejected + REC search REC search
During mirror shooting mirror mode (LCD) Red display Green display Green display Green display Green display Green display
1-25
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION Program AE mode display Full Auto mode is selected Auto mode is selected Sports mode is selected Portrait mode is selected Spotlight mode is selected Surf & snow mode is selected Low light mode is selected Night mode is selected Super Night mode is selected DM-MV650i E only PAL MODEL REMARKS
Program AE mode menu
Super Night mode is for DM-MV650i E only.
Tape counter display Time code display
Not entered Zero Set Memory

M
Not entered
AE shift display Minimum exposure value
When standard value is set
Maximum exposure value During AE No display
1-26
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION Timer display PAL MODEL REMARKS
Remaining tape display
At end of tape Not entered Tape warning display Other No display Flashes red
Focus mode display AF OFF Infinity focus AF ON No display
Self timer display Self timer standby Timer operating
Other
No display
Battery power display Approx. 75% remaining. Approx. 50% remaining. Approx. 25% remaining. Approx. Power adapter is connected No display 0% remaining. Flashes red
1-27
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION Shutter speed display 1/60 sec. 1/100 sec. 1/250 sec. 1/500 sec. 1/1000 sec. 1/2000 sec. Auto No display PAL MODEL REMARKS
White balance display Set Indoor preset Outdoor preset Auto No display
Condensation warning display
Remote sensor code display Code 1 setting Code 2 setting Sensor OFF
Headphone volume adjustment display
Volume OFF
Card mix display (For DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
1-28
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION Digital feature display Fade Tigger Wipe (horizontal) Corner Wipe Jump Flip Puzzle Zigzag Beam Tide Art Black and White Sepia Mosaic Ball Cube Wave Color Mask Mirror Multi-screen Feature OFF No display PAL MODEL REMARKS
Digital feature menu
1-29
Digital Feature selection

Press the D.E. SEL button in Camera mode, VCR mode, or Card Recording mode. The line where the cursor is located in the menu is surrounded with a turquoise frame. The previously selected items and the corresponding settings are shown in yellow.
OFF
In Fader Selection
In Effect Selection
In Multi Screen Selection
In Multi Screen Speed Selection
In Multi Screen Count Selection
1-30
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION Wind screen display Wind screen ON Wind screen OFF
ON
PAL MODEL
REMARKS
No display
Time and date display
When time and date are not set
Audio mode display 16-bit is selected 12-bit is selected
16 : 9 mode display 16:9 mode is selected Other No display
Half-press lock display
Photo mode display Normal recording Photo mode is selected No display
1-31
5-2 VCR Mode

MENU INDICATION VCR mode PAL MODEL REMARKS
Audio output display 12-bit Stereo 1 is selected 12-bit Stereo 2 is selected 12-bit Mix 1:1 is selected 12-bit Mix variable is selected 16-bit No display
Audio Mix Balance display ST-1:ST-2 = 1:0
ST-1:ST-2 = 1:1
ST-1:ST-2 = 0:1
Recording mode display During SP recording During LP recording Not applicable to PAL models. Not applicable to PAL models.
Operating mode display During Recording During Recording pause Cassette is ejected Playback is stopped Playback Fast-forward Rewind No tape Fast-forward playback 2 SP playback 1 SP playback Slow playback Frame advance playback Red display
1-32
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION Still image playback Reverse still image playback Frame reverse playback Slow reverse playback 1 SP reverse playback 2 SP reverse playback Rewind playback Forward edit search Reverse edit search PAL MODEL REMARKS
Forward date/photo search
Reverse date/photo search
FF return REW return AV insert pause AV insert recording Audio dubbing pause Audio dubbing recording Red display
Tape counter Time code display
Not entered
Zero set memory
Same as during Camera mode
Remaining tape display
Audio dubbing/insert or search operation display AV insert is selected Audio dubbing is selected Date search operation Still image photo search operation Other than search No display No function for PAL models. No display for PAL models.
Battery power display
1-33
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION Remote sensor code display PAL MODEL Same as during Camera mode REMARKS
Battery warning display
Speaker volume adjustment display
Volume OFF
Headphone volume adjustment display
Data code display
Date and time
Data code setting Camera data Date and time & camera data
Date and time selection

Camera data F-number display F-number closed When not entered
Date setting Time setting Date & time setting
This product has no F-number full-close function.
Shutter speed display
The shutter speed of this product ranges from 1/6, 1/50 to 1/2000 sec.
When not entered
1-34
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION Time display Time setting is selected PAL MODEL REMARKS
Not entered Time and time setting are selected
Not entered
Date display
Not entered
Wind screen display
Audio data display Audio dubbing/audio input terminal Audio dubbing/micro-phone input terminal No display (function) models. No display for PAL models.
Audio mode display
16 : 9 mode display
DV display During DV input AV input DV signal conversion Other No display No display (function) models. No display (function) models.
1-35
5-3 Card/Camera Mode (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)

MENU INDICATION Card / Camera mode PAL MODEL REMARKS
Zoom display
Card recording image quality display
Program AE mode display Full Auto mode Auto mode Sports mode Portrait mode Spotlight mode Surf & snow mode Low light mode Low light + mode DM-MV650i E only
Stitch assist number of photos display
Card access display
1-36
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION Card free space display No card (flashes red) 9999 or more images can be recorded Accidental erasure protection PAL MODEL REMARKS
99 images can be recorded
displayed green for 6 or more images
displayed yellow for 1 to 5 images
displayed red for 0 images
AE shift display
Card motion video recording time display 320 240 pixels 160 120 pixels Still image size display 1024 768 pixels 640 480 pixels Motion video size display (DM-MV650i E only) 160 120 pixels Focus mode display Same as during Camera mode
Self timer display
Battery power display
Shutter speed display
Lithium battery low-power warning display Same as during Camera mode
Remote sensor code display
White balance display
Battery low-power warning display
1-37
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION Digital feature display PAL MODEL Same as during Camera mode (but with no fader function) REMARKS
Time and date display
Same as during Camera mode (Date and time only)
Half-press lock display
1-38
5-4 Card Playback Mode (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)

MENU INDICATION Card play mode PAL MODEL REMARKS
Slideshow display
DPOP designation display
Protect mark display
DCF file name display Directory Number-File Number
Card access display Writting to card Shown in red, displayed in sequence
Reading from card
Shown in green, displayed in sequence
1-39
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION Image number display No card Checking number of images recorded on card 0 recorded images Flashes red PAL MODEL REMARKS
9th of 99 recorded images
Image size display
Volume display (DM-MV650i E only) Same as during VCR mode
During moving image playback
Data code display
Same as during VCR mode (Date and time only)
Slideshow operation guidance display During slideshow execution
1-40
5-5 Menu Display

Camera mode, VCR mode, Card/Camera mode, and Card Playback mode are provided in the menu display.
Camera Mode
MAIN MENU ITEM CARD MIX *1 CAM. SET UP
SUB MENU ITEM Go to Card mix selection screen SHUTTER
SETTINGS
DEFAULT
BACKUP
D. ZOOM
IMAGE S. 16 : 9 WHIT BAL.
AUTO 1/50 1/120 1/250 1/500 1/1000 1/2000 OFF 88 / 80 / 72 440 / 400 / 360 ON OFF ON OFF AUTO SET INDOOR OUTDOOR SP LP AV PHONES ON OFF 16 bit 12 bit
AUTO
Lithium battery
88 / 80 / 72
Lithium battery
ON OFF AUTO
Lithium battery Lithium battery Lithium battery
VCR SET UP
RETURN REC MODE AV/PHONES RETURN WIND SCREEN AUDIO MODE RETURN BRIGHTNESS *2
SP AV
Lithium battery Lithium battery
AUD. SET UP
ON 12 bit
DISP. SET UP
Lithium battery
LCD MIRROR *2 TV SCREEN D/T DISPLAY *2
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
ON ON OFF
1-41

MAIN MENU ITEM DISP. SET UP SUB MENU ITEM DEMO MODE RETURN BUTTON LIGHT *3 ON OFF ON PUSH ON OFF GREEN ORANGE BLUE YELLOW TURQUOISE PURPLE SETTINGS OFF DEFAULT BACKUP Lithium battery
SYSTEM
ON
Lithium battery
LIGHT COLOR *3
TURQUOISE
Lithium battery
WL REMOTE *4 OFF ON OFF LONDON LONDON PARIS PARIS CAIRO MOSCOW DUBAI KARACHI DACCA BANGKOK H.KONG TOKYO SYDNEY SOLOMON WELLGTN SAMOA HONOLU. ANCHOR L.A. DENVER CHICAGO N.Y. CARACAS RIO FERNEN. AZORES AZORES 1. JAN. 2003 12:00 AM 31. DEC. 2030 11:59 PM RETURN
Lithium battery
BEEP *2 T. ZONE/DST *4
ON PARIS
D/TIME SEL *4
1. JAN. 2003 12:00 AM
Lithium battery
1-42

MAIN MENU ITEM MY CAMERA SUB MENU ITEM SHTR SOUND SETTINGS PATTERN1 PATTERN2 PATTERN3 PATTERN1 PATTERN2 PATTERN3 PATTERN1 PATTERN2 PATTERN3 PATTERN1 PATTERN2 PATTERN3 DEFAULT PATTERN1 BACKUP Lithium battery
S-UP SOUND
PATTERN1
Lithium battery
S/STOP SOUND
PATTERN1
Lithium battery
SELF-T SOUND
PATTERN1
Lithium battery
RETURN CLOSE MENU
*1 : *2 : *3 : *4 :
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E model only. BEEP, BRIGHTNESS, MIRROR, and D/T DISPLAY information is not displayed on screens other than the menu screen. DM-MV650i E model only. On screens other than the menu screen, displayed for 4 seconds at power-on and when the menu is closed. Note that this applies to the D/TIME SEL only when OFF is selected for D/T DISPLAY. Also, WL. REMOTE OFF ( displayed at all times. ) is
1-43
VCR Mode
MAIN MENU ITEM VCR SET UP SUB MENU ITEM REC MODE *6 AV/PHONES AV DV OUT *6 SETTINGS SP LP AV PHONES ON OFF L/R L/L R/R 16bit 12bit STEREO 1 STEREO 2 MIX/FIXED MIX/VARI. SP AV OFF DEFAULT BACKUP Lithium battery Lithium battery Reset when power is turned off Reset when power is turned off Lithium battery Reset when power is turned off
AUD. SET UP
RETURN OUTPUT CH *1
L/R
AUDIO MODE *6 12 bit AUDIO OUT
12bit STEREO 1
MIX BALANCE
Lithium battery
AUDIO DUB. *6 WIND SCREEN RETURN SI QUALITY
AUDIO IN MIC. IN ON OFF SUPER FINE FINE NORMAL 320 240 160 120 RESET CONTINUOUS Go to Copy execution screen
AUDIO IN ON
CARD SET UP *2
FINE
Lithium battery
MOVIE SIZE IMAGE NOS. RETURN COPY [ ] ] RETURN BRIGHTNESS *1
320 240 CONTINUOUS
CARD OPER. *2 DISP. SET UP
Lithium battery
DISPLAYS 6 SEC. DATE *1 DATA CODE *3
D/TIME SEL *3
ON OFF ON OFF DATE/TIME CAMERA DATA CAM. & D/T DATE TIME DATE & TIME
ON OFF DATE/TIME
DATE & TIME
Lithium battery
RETURN
1-44

MAIN MENU ITEM SYSTEM SUB MENU ITEM BUTTON LIGHT *4 SETTINGS ON PUSH ON OFF GREEN ORANGE BLUE YELLOW TURQUOISE PURPLE ON DEFAULT BACKUP Lithium battery
LIGHT COLOR *4
GREEN
Lithium battery
WL REMOTE *2 OFF ON OFF LONDON LONDON PARIS PARIS CAIRO MOSCOW DUBAI KARACHI DACCA BANGKOK H.KONG TOKYO SYDNEY SOLOMON WELLGTN SAMOA HONOLU. ANCHOR L.A. DENVER CHICAGO N.Y. CARACAS RIO FERNEN. AZORES AZORES 1. JAN. 2003 12:00 AM 31. DEC. 2030 11:59 PM RETURN
Lithium battery
BEEP *1 T. ZONE/DST *5
ON PARIS
D/TIME SEL *5
1. JAN. 2003 12:00 AM
Lithium battery
1-45

MAIN MENU ITEM MY CAMERA SUB MENU ITEM SHTR SOUND SETTINGS PATTERN1 PATTERN2 PATTERN3 PATTERN1 PATTERN2 PATTERN3 PATTERN1 PATTERN2 PATTERN3 PATTERN1 PATTERN2 PATTERN3 DEFAULT PATTERN1 BACKUP Lithium battery
S-UP SOUND
PATTERN1
Lithium battery
S/STOP SOUND
PATTERN1
Lithium battery
SELF-T SOUND
PATTERN1
Lithium battery
RETURN CLOSE MENU
*1 : *2 : *3 : *4 : *5 : *6 :
BRIGHTNESS, 6 SEC. DATE, OUTPUT CH, and BEEP information is not displayed on screens other than the menu screen. DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E model only. Displayed only when DATA CODE is ON on screens other than the menu screen. DM-MV650i E model only. On screens other than the menu screen, displayed for 4 seconds at power-on and when the menu is closed. Note that this applies to the D/TIME SEL only when OFF is selected for D/T DISPLAY. Does not function on PAL model (no menu item).
1-46
Card Camera Mode (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)

MAIN MENU ITEM CAM. SET UP SUB MENU ITEM SHUTTER SETTINGS AUTO 1/50 1/120 1/250 AUTO SET INDOOR OUTDOOR SUPER FINE FINE NORMAL 1024 768 640 480 320 240 160 120 RESET CONTINUOS AV PHONES ON OFF AUTO DEFAULT BACKUP Lithium battery
WHIT BAL
AUTO
Lithium battery
CARD SET UP
RETURN SI QUALITY
FINE
Lithium battery
SI SIZE MOVIE SIZE FILE NOS. *1 RETURN AV/PHONES RETURN WIND SCREEN RETURN BRIGHTNESS *2
1024 768 320 240 CONTINUOS
VCR SET UP
AV
Lithium battery
AUD. SET UP
ON
Lithium battery
DISP. SET UP
Lithium battery
LCD MIRROR *2 TV SCREEN D/T DISPLAY *2 DEMO MODE RETURN BUTTON LIGHT *3
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON PUSH ON OFF GREEN ORANGE BLUE YELLOW TURQUOISE PURPLE
ON ON OFF OFF
Lithium battery Lithium battery Lithium battery Lithium battery
SYSTEM
ON
Lithium battery
LIGHT COLOR *3
BLUE
Lithium battery
WL REMOTE *2 OFF ON OFF
Lithium battery
BEEP *2
ON
Lithium battery
1-47

MAIN MENU ITEM SYSTEM SUB MENU ITEM T. ZONE/DST *2 SETTINGS LONDON LONDON PARIS PARIS CAIRO MOSCOW DUBAI KARACHI DACCA BANGKOK H.KONG TOKYO SYDNEY SOLOMON WELLGTN SAMOA HONOLU. ANCHOR L.A. DENVER CHICAGO N.Y. CARACAS RIO FERNEN. AZORES AZORES 1. JAN. 2003 12:00 AM 31. DEC. 2030 11:59 PM MY CAMERA RETURN SHTR SOUND PATTERN1 PATTERN2 PATTERN3 PATTERN1 PATTERN2 PATTERN3 PATTERN1 PATTERN2 PATTERN3 PATTERN1 PATTERN2 PATTERN3 PATTERN1 LITHIUM BATTERY PARIS DEFAULT BACKUP Lithium battery
D/TIME SEL *2
1. JAN. 2003 12:00 AM
Lithium battery
S-UP SOUND
PATTERN1
LITHIUM BATTERY
S/STOP SOUND
PATTERN1
LITHIUM BATTERY
SELF-T SOUND
PATTERN1
LITHIUM BATTERY
RETURN CLOSE MENU
*1 : *2 :
BEEP, BRIGHTNESS, MIRROR, D/T DISPLAY, FILE NOS., and SHTR SOUND information is not displayed on screens other than the menu screen. On screens other than the menu screen, displayed for 4 seconds at power-on and when the menu is closed. Note that this applies to the D/TIME SEL only when OFF is selected for D/T DISPLAY. Also, WL. REMOTE OFF ( displayed at all times. ) is
*3 :
DM-MV650i E model only.
1-48
Card Playback Mode (Card/VCR Mode) (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)

MAIN MENU ITEM CARD OPER. (Single screen) SUB MENU ITEM COPY [ ] SETTINGS Go to the Copy execution screen Go to the Print oders allerase screen Go to the Image erase screen Go to the Format screen DEFAULT BACKUP
PRINT ORDERS ALLERASE IMAGE ERASE FORMAT RETURN PROTECT PRINT ORDER RETURN REC MODE AV/PHONES RETURN DISP. SET UP BRIGHTNESS *1
CARD OPER. (Index screen)
Go to Image Protect Go to Print order
screen screen
VCR SET UP
SP LP AV PHONES
SP AV
Lithium battery Reset when power is turned off Lithium battery
DISPLAY D/TIME SEL *2
ON OFF DATE TIME DATE & TIME ON PUSH ON OFF GREEN ORANGE BLUE YELLOW TURQUOISE PURPLE
ON DATE & TIME
SYSTEM
RETURN BUTTON LIGHT *3
ON
Lithium battery
LIGHT COLOR *3
YELLOW
Lithium battery
WL REMOTE *1 OFF ON OFF
Lithium battery
BEEP *2
ON
Lithium battery
1-49

MAIN MENU ITEM SYSTEM SUB MENU ITEM T. ZONE/DST *4 SETTINGS LONDON LONDON PARIS PARIS CAIRO MOSCOW DUBAI KARACHI DACCA BANGKOK H.KONG TOKYO SYDNEY SOLOMON WELLGTN SAMOA HONOLU. ANCHOR L.A. DENVER CHICAGO N.Y. CARACAS RIO FERNEN. AZORES AZORES 1. JAN. 2003 12:00 AM 31. DEC. 2030 11:59 PM PRINT ORDER *5 RETURN Go to the Print order screen PARIS DEFAULT BACKUP Lithium battery
D/TIME SEL *4
1. JAN. 2003 12:00 AM
Lithium battery
1-50

MAIN MENU ITEM MY CAMERA SUB MENU ITEM CREATE START-UP SEL. S-UP IMG SETTINGS DEFAULT BACKUP
Go to the Startup screen creation screen NO PICTURE CANON LOGO MY PICTURE PATTERN1 PATTERN2 PATTERN3 PATTERN1 PATTERN2 PATTERN3 PATTERN1 PATTERN2 PATTERN3 PATTERN1 PATTERN2 PATTERN3 CANON LOGO Lithium battery
SHTR SOUND
PATTERN1
Lithium battery
S-UP SOUND
PATTERN1
Lithium battery
S/STOP SOUND
PATTERN1
Lithium battery
SELF-T SOUND
PATTERN1
Lithium battery
RETURN RETURN
*1: *2: *3: *4: *5:
BRIGHTNESS and BEEP information is not displayed on screens other than the menu screen. Displayed only when DATA CODE is ON on screens other than the menu screen. DM-MV650i E model only. On screens other than the menu screen, displayed for 4 seconds at power-on and when the menu is closed. Displayed only when connected to a camera direct printer. Note that this applies to the D/TIME SEL only when OFF is selected for D/T DISPLAY.
1-51
5-6 Card-Related Screen Displays

MENU INDICATION Slideshow screen PAL MODEL REMARKS
Index screen
Image protect screen
Print order screen
1-52
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION Copy screen Copy ( ) selection screen PAL MODEL REMARKS
Copy (
) execution screen
Copy (
) selection screen
Copy (
) execution screen
1-53
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION Image erase screen Image erase selection screen PAL MODEL REMARKS
Erasing one image
Warning: Erasing in progress
Erasing all images
1-54
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION Format screen PAL MODEL REMARKS
Format execution confirmation screen
Format execution screen
1-55
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION Card mix selection screen PAL MODEL REMARKS
Mix type setting screen
Animation type setting screen
Mix level setting screen
1-56
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION Stitch assist screen PAL MODEL REMARKS
My camera settings My camera settings screen
Startup image creation screen
Select recording position
1-57
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION My camera settings Record execution confirmation PAL MODEL REMARKS
Message during image creation
Startup image selection screen
Shutter sound selection screen
Startup sound selection screen
1-58
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION My camera settings Start/stop selection screen PAL MODEL REMARKS
Self-timer sound selection screen
PC connection screen displays USB connection
IEEE1394 connection
1-59
5-7 Direct Print Setting Screen

MENU INDICATION Direct print setting screen Direct print setting initial screen PAL MODEL
Print selection screen
L Size Borderless Style 1 Print Copies Cancel
L Size Borderless
5-6
Now printing (1/1)
Print stop screen

L Size Borderless
Now printing (1/3) Cancel
5-6
L Size Borderless L Size Borderless
5-6
Two sheets remain. Cancel ? OK Cancel Two sheets remain. Cancel ? OK Cancel
Cancel selection screen

L Size Borderless Style 1 OK Copies Cancel
5-6
5-6
Direct Print Cancel
1-60
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION Direct print setting screen Number of copies setting screen PAL MODEL
L Size Bordered Style 1 Print Copies Cancel
59
L Size Bordered Style
Setting
L Size Bordered Style

Setting
Copies Cancel
Copies Cancel
Print
Print
(Quantity set by Multi switch)
5-6
L Size Bordered Style 2 Copies Cancel
Print
1-61
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION Direct print setting screen Style setting screen
PAL MODEL
SET
Style
Go to the style setting screen using MENU buttons

Style
Paper Setting
SELECT
Borders
L Size MENU
Borderless MENU
SET
Style Style
SET
Paper Setting L Size
Borders
Borderless MENU MENU
SELECT
Style Style
SELECT
Paper Setting LL Size
Borders
Bordered MENU MENU
MENU
1-62
5-8 Print
MENU INDICATION OK screen PAL MODEL
5-6
9999 L Size Borderless Style Print all marketed images OK Resume Cancel 9999 L Size Borderless
5-6
Now Printing (1/9999) Cancel
Print stop screen

L Size Borderless L Size Borderless
9999
9999
SET
Now Printing (1/9999) Cancel Cancel ? OK Cancel
5-6
Set-print Mode cancel.
Print restart screen

9999 L Size Borderless Style Print remaining Images. OK Resume Cancel 9999 L Size Borderless
5-6
Now Printing (1/9999) Cancel
Style setting screen

9999 L Size Borderless Style Style is changed. OK Resume Cancel 9999 L Size Borderless
SET
Style is changed. OK Resume Cancel
Go to the style setting screen
1-63
5-9 Warning Displays
COPYRIGHT PROTECTED PLAYBACK IS RESTRICTED

When copy-protected tape is played.
COPYRIGHT PROTECTED DUBBING RESTRICTED

When copy protection information is detected during DV input or LINE input, or when the signal output from the television or VCR is garbled during analog input.
SET THE TIME ZONE, DATE AND TIME

When the power is turned on without setting the area and/or time and date.
REMOVE THE CASSETTE

When a cassette is inserted while there is a mechanical error or condensation in the unit.
CHECK THE DV INPUT

When REC is pressed in a mode that allows transition to REC, without a connection to DV input, or in a condition where the connected DV input cannot be recognized.
CHANGE THE BATTERY PACK

When the battery power is low.
CONDENSATION HAS BEEN DETECTED

When condensation is detected (if a cassette is inserted, a REMOVE THE CASSETTE message appears).
THE TAPE IS SET FOR ERASURE PREVENTION

When REC is pressed in a mode that allows transition to REC in VCR mode, if the cassette is set for erasure prevention. In Camera mode, when the power is turned ON, when the Start/Stop button is pressed, and when a cassette is inserted, if the cassette is set for erasure prevention.
TAPE END
When the tape end is detected, or when a key (FF, PLAY, etc.) which drives the tape forward is pressed in a mode that allows transition to forward driving during the detection process.
CHECK THE CASSETTE [REC MODE]

When the Audio Dubbing or AV Insert button is pressed at a tape position recorded in LP/ESP/ELP; or when LP mode is detected during Audio Dubbing or AV Insert.
CHECK THE CASSETTE [AUDIO MODE]

When the Audio Dubbing button is pressed at a tape position with 16-bit or 4-channel simultaneous recording; or when 16-bit mode or 4-channel simultaneous recording mode is detected during Audio Dubbing.
CHECK THE CASSETTE [BLANK]

When a blank tape area is detected during Audio Dubbing or AV Insert.
1-64
CARD ERROR
When a card error occurs and data cannot be recorded on the card (for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E model).
CARD FULL
When the card is full (for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E model).
NAMING ERROR
When the maximum number of file numbers and directory numbers are created (for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E model).
UNIDENTIFIABLE IMAGE
When an attempt is made to play an image in an unplayable format, an incompatible JPEG image, or an image with corrupt data (for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E model).
PRINT ORDER ERROR

When there are too many print marks (201 or more), or when a mark file cannot be edited (for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E model).
NO CARD
When there is no card in the camcorder socket (for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E model).
NO IMAGES
When there are no images to be played in the card (for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E model).
THE CARD IS SET FOR ERASURE PREVENTION

When an attempt is made to record on an SD card set for erasure prevention, in a mode that allows card recording (VCR mode, Card Recording mode) (for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E model).
NOW CREATING START-UP IMAGE

The startup image is being written to flash memory (for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E model).
CARD MODE
When Start/Stop button is pressed in the Camera mode (for DM-MV630i E model). ** A warning (warning text) is displayed for approx. four seconds in the center of the screen when an abnormality, etc. occurs. ** While the warning (warning text) is displayed, only actions enabling a mode transition are accepted. The warning display disappears simultaneous with the acceptance of such an action.
1-65
6. Backing Up Various Data

6-1 Backup by Main Power Supply
The condensation timer is backed up by the main power supply alone.
6-2 Backup by Main Power Supply or Backup Power Supply (Lithium Coin Primary Battery)
The table below lists the item (excluding menu items) backed up by the main power supply or backup power supply (lithium coin primary battery).
Item Digital zoom position WB data (SET) Time and date settings (auto date) Menu cursor position Time code Mix balance (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) Headphone volume Speaker volume Mechanical errors Default Optical tele end ---2003. 1.1 12:00 AM Very top ---Center Center Center ---Remarks
1-66
6-3 Backup Conditions Related to Switch Operation

6-3-1 Turning OFF the Power
When Camera mode is in In Auto).
Item Power switch OFF, VCR
(Program AE) mode.
(Full Auto) mode, after the power is turned on (Camera), the specifications are the same as in 6-3-3 (Switching to Full
G Camera mode, Card/Camera mode (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E) Program AE mode type Manual focus ON/OFF AE shift setting mode ON/OFF DE, DF ON/OFF Headphone volume *CAM Self timer ON/OFF On-screen ON/OFF Zero Set Memory counter value *CAM Backup Backup Backup Reset (set to OFF) Backup Backup (set to OFF) Backup Backup
G Camera, Card/Camera (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E) menu item settings Digital Effects selection Fader *CAM Effects Multi-screen (speed) Multi-screen (number of screens) Mix key selection in Card Mix *CAM (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) Mix level in Card Mix *CAM (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) Shutter speed setting Digital zoom setting Image stabilizer ON/OFF 16:9 ON/OFF White balance setting Remote control code setting Recording mode setting *CAM Confirmation beep ON/OFF Wind screen ON/OFF Audio mode setting *CAM AV/headphone selection LCD brightness adjustment Mirror shooting setting On-screen ON/OFF Time and Date display Area/daylight saving time setting Time and Date setting Image quality *CD (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E) Number reset *CD (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E) Backup *Independent Backup *Independent Backup *Independent Backup *Independent Backup *Independent Backup
Backup Backup Backup *Independent Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup
* CAM
: Camera mode only
*CD : Card Recording mode only (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
* Independent : Independent backup for Card/Camera mode, Camera mode, and VCR mode The card recording still image selection in Card Mix (Card Mix standby state) is not backed up when the power is turned off.
1-67
6-3-2 Switching the Power Switch to a Different Position

Item G VCR mode Headphone volume Speaker volume On-screen ON/OFF Zero Set Memory counter value Data code display ON/OFF Audio 12-bit output selection Mix balance setting Photo Search/Date Search for search selection G VCR menu item settings D. Effects selection Fader *CAM Effects Multi-screen (speed) Multi-screen (number of screens) Remote control code setting Recording mode setting Data code setting Time and date selection setting LCD brightness adjustment Text display during playback ON/OFF Date Auto display ON/OFF Bilingual setting Audio dubbing input setting Wind screen ON/OFF LINE IN audio mode setting AV/headphone selection Confirmation beep ON/OFF Image quality (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) Number reset (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) G Card Playback mode (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) On screen ON/OFF Data code display ON/OFF Reset (set to OFF) Reset (set to OFF) Backup *Independent Backup *Independent Backup *Independent Backup *Independent Backup *Independent Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Reset (set to "Main + Sub") Backup Backup Backup Reset (set to AV) Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Reset (set to OFF) Backup Backup Reset (set to "Stereo 1") Backup Reset (changes to "Photo Search") Power switch OFF
G Card Playback mode menu item selection (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) Remote control code setting Recording mode setting Data code setting Time and Date setting LCD brightness adjustment Text display during playback ON/OFF Date Auto display ON/OFF Confirmation beep Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup
* Independent : Independent backup for Card Recording mode, Camera mode, and VCR mode
1-68
6-3-3 Switching Camera Modes/Switching Program AE Modes

The following table presents the backup state performed for various data when the AE) to (Full Auto), or when the
Item
switch is switched from
(Program
switch is set to
and the mode is switched to a different Program AE mode.

(Full Auto) Switched to Program AE mode
Switched to
G Camera mode, Card/Camera mode (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) Program AE mode type Auto focus ON/OFF AE shift setting mode ON/OFF DE, DF ON/OFF Headphone volume Self timer ON/OFF On screen ON/OFF Zero Set Memory counter value *CAM *1 Reset (set to ON) Reset (set to OFF) *2 Reset (set to OFF) Backup Backup Backup Backup ---Backup Reset (set to OFF) Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup
G Camera/Card mode (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E) menu item settings D. Effects selection Fader *CAM Effects Multi-screen (speed) Multi-screen (number of screens) Mix selection in Card Mix *CAM (DM-MV650i E, 630i E only) Mix level in Card Mix *CAM (DM-MV650i E, 630i E only) Card recording image selection in Card Mix (Card Mix standby state) (DM-MV650i E, 630i E only) Shutter speed Digital zoom ON/OFF Image stabilizer 16:9 *CAM White balance Remote control code setting Recording mode setting *CAM Confirmation beep Wind screen AV/headphone selection Audio mode *CAM LCD brightness adjustment Mirror shooting setting On screen ON/OFF Time and Date display Area/daylight saving time Time and Date setting Image quality *CD (DM-MV650i E, 630i E only) Number reset *CD (DM-MV650i E, 630i E only) Backup *Independent Backup *Independent Backup *Independent Backup *Independent Backup *Independent Backup Backup *Independent Backup *Independent Backup *Independent Backup *Independent Backup *Independent Backup
Backup
Backup
Reset Reset (set to Auto) Backup Reset (set to ON) set to OFF *2 Reset (set to Auto) Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup
Backup Reset (set to Auto) Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup Backup
* CAM : * Independent : *1 : *2 :
Camera mode only *CD : Card Recording mode only (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only) Independent backup for Card Recording mode, Camera mode, and VCR mode is set again, Auto is set. When When is set again, the state preceding the switch to (Full Auto) is restored. The card recording still image selection in Card Mix (Card Mix standby state) is not backed up, even if there is a switch between Normal and Progressive. The backup operations at LANC power-OFF and the recording pause 5-minute timer power-OFF are the same as when the power switch is turned OFF.
1-69
7. Other Features
7-1 Green Mode
Default Settings in Green Mode
Focus ------------------------- AUTO Exposure -------------------- AUTO White balance --------------- AUTO DE, DF ---------------------- OFF Image stabilizer ------------- ON Shutter ----------------------- AUTO 16:9 -------------------------- OFF Other settings are the same as before even when the mode is changed to Green mode.
Keys that do not work in the Full Auto mode

Focus (Auto/Manual) button (forced Auto) Exposure (AE/AE Shift) button (forced Auto) Multi switch Digital effects (ON/OFF) button (forced OFF)
Relationship between Program AE mode (in Tape Recording) and Various Shooting Functions
Program AE Mode Item Recording medium Autofocus ON/OFF Shutter speed setting AE Shift Image stabilizer ON/OFF White balance setting Wind screen ON/OFF Digital zoom ON/OFF 16:9 ON/OFF Digital fader ON/OFF Digital effects ON/OFF Multi-screen Photo shooting (recorded to tape) Progressive photo shooting Card mix * Forced ON Forced ON Forced Auto G G Forced OFF G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G
Forced OFF Forced OFF Forced OFF
* : DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only
Super Night mode is limited to the DM-MV650i E.
7-2 On Screen
Turn ON/OFF of the On-screen function is performed through the infrared remote controller or from the menu. The default setting is ON in Camera mode, and OFF in VCR mode.
1-70
7-3 Headphones and Speaker

In Camera mode and Camera/Card mode, the speaker is OFF. The speakers are on during normal card playback in the VCR mode. The Multi switch is used to adjust the volume. Headphone volume can only be controlled when headphones are selected in the menu. The volume is controlled using the Multi switch. The speaker is OFF when headphones are selected in the menu.
7-4 Battery Indicator, Low-Power Warning, and Low-Power Shutoff

Battery Indicator
When a battery is used, the battery indicator is displayed at one of five levels (100%, 75%, 50%, 25%, 0% (approximate)). These levels indicate the amount of power remaining before the low-power warning indicator appears. The battery indicator is reset when the power is turned off. Thus if the voltage is restored while the power is off, the battery indicator level may increase when the power is turned back on. However, if the low-power warning appears, it will still be displayed even if the voltage is restored when the power is turned on and off. When an AC adapter is used, the battery indicator is not displayed. However, the low-power warning is displayed if the voltage drops below the low-power warning level due to an abnormality. When the voltage is restored above the low-power warning level, the low-power warning disappears. The low-power warning is displayed when the battery terminal voltage falls to approx. 6.3 V or less (for this product).
7-5 System Data Displays

Camera Mode Camera Screen Data code (timestamp) Data code (camera data) Time code Audio mode (12/16 bit) Wide/Normal CGMS (warning) SP/LP G G 4-second display G Setting display G Setting display REC Search G G G DIF Input -- F - - - etc. G Main unit G DIF side G DIF side G DIF side G Setting display VCR Mode Blue Background -- F - - - etc. G G Setting display PB
(including Superb Playback)
G G G G G G G
* The time code display reads -.- -:- -:- - when no tape is inserted or when the camcorder is at an unrecorded tape position. * CGMS : If the data is copy-protected, it is not output to LINE OUT or the CVF (panel).
7-6 Data Code Display

Data codes can be used to turn the display ON/OFF independently (i.e., regardless of the ON/OFF status of other On Screen character displays).
7-7 MP Tape Support

LP recording onto MP tape is not possible. When a tape is loaded with LP selected on the menu, the setting is automatically switched to SP. During playback, the tape is played in LP if it was recorded in LP.
1-71
7-8 Confirmation Beep

In the following cases, beep melodically.
Mode Power ON When tape with erase protection is loaded (Camera mode) When EJECT cover is opened all the way (even when power is OFF) When recording is started (Camera mode) When recording is paused (Camera mode) When Photo button is half-pressed When photo recording starts When a condensation or a mechanical error occurs, or five seconds before the REC PAUSE(*) five-minute timer ends When the SET button is pressed on an unavailable menu item BOOP PIP BEEP BEEP BEEP PIP PIP PIP PIP PIP PIP PIP PIP BEEP (5 times) Sound
10, 15, and 20 seconds before the REC PAUSE (*) five-minute timer ends BIP BIP BIP Self timer (synchronized with tally blinking) PIP PIP (8 times at every second) PIP (8 times at 0.25 second)
REC PAUSE (*) includes REC PAUSE for audio dubbing and AV Insert. * PIP: 4 kHz, BIP: 2 kHz, BOOP: 1kHz * The startup shutter, start/stop, and self-timer setting can be changed from the My Camera setting screen.
1-72
7-9 Using Analog Line Recording (Not available on PAL models) and DV Recording (Not Available on PAL models)
(1) Move the power switch to the VCR position and the Tape/Card switch to the TAPE. If a cassette has been inserted it will be stopped. The terminal (DV, S, AV) are set to output. In addition, the headphone terminal (if that setting is selected from the menu), which also serves as the AV jack, and the speaker are set to output (the headphone status takes priority). (2) Connect a cable from a recording source to the S-VIDEO terminal (video signal) and AV terminal (audio signal), or to the AV terminals (video and audio signals), or to the DV terminal. Power on the recording source. * If recording is paused while input is being received from terminals other than the DV terminal, the AV jack is automatically set as the AV input terminal. If more than one of the above terminals is connected at the same time, the active terminal is selected automatically according to the following order of priority.
Order of priority : DV terminal > S terminal > AV terminal

Note that when the playback screen is displayed (including Superb Playback), the playback screen takes priority. (3) Press [REC STANDBY] on the remote control. Recording is paused. If analog line input is being used, the S terminal and AV terminal are switched to input at this time. (4) To start recording, press [ / ] on the remote control. This starts recording of video, audio etc. through the terminal selected in step (2) (Press [ / ] to toggle between recording and pausing.) (5) Press [I] to stop recording. Recording is stopped. * If DV input disappears during DV recording, then recording is stopped. * If a recording source is input to the DV terminal during analog line recording, recording is continued without change. When recording is paused, the input is switched to DV input. * CGMS (Copy Generation Management System; copy protection) input signal Only input signals (CGMS = 00) that are not copy-protected can be recorded. If a copy-prohibited input signal (CGMS = 11) or single-copy-allowed input signal (CGMS = 10) is detected during recording or when recording is paused, then recording is paused. Blue background is output to the LCD panel and CVF. The speaker and headphone output is muted. Both audio and video CGMSD (Copy Generation Management System for Digital) signals are detected during DV input. The signal with the stronger copy protection setting is used.
The Following Table Summarizes the Input and Output Statuses in Different Modes.
DV input signal present LCD, CVF Playback (including Superb Playback) No tape, STOP, FF, REW REC PAUSE, REC DV input screen DV input screen IN IN OUT OUT Blue background Line input screen* OUT IN OUT IN Playback screen DV terminal OUT S, AV terminals OUT LCD, CVF Playback screen No DV input signal DV terminal OUT S, AV terminals OUT
* : No signal if there is no LINE input.
1-73
7-10 Support for Analog Signal I/O Copyright Protection Signals

(1) Detection of copyright protection signals added to input signals Detected copyright protection signals: Pseudo-synch pulses and CGMSA (Copy Generation Management System for analog) signals Signal detection time: 20 seconds maximum (2) Copyright protection signals added to output signals Macrovision (pseudo-synch pulses): Not added CGMSA signals: Not added
7-11 Video ID1 Detection/Output Support

(1) S1 signal output When a Full mode (squeezed) video signal, consisting of 16:9 video compressed to 4:3, is output from the S terminal, an S 1 compatible wide monitor will detect an identification signal for automatically restoring the 16:9 video (e.g., during playback of a tape recorded in Camera 16:9 mode or a tape containing system data related to the aspect ratio). NTSC 16:9 Full mode + 4:3 Letter Box mode identification signal output PAL 16:9 Full mode identification signal output (2) Video ID1 output When a Full mode (squeezed) video signal, consisting of 16:9 video compressed to 4:3, is output from the composite video terminal or S terminal, a video ID 1 /-compatible wide monitor will detect an identification signal for automatically restoring the 16:9 video (e.g., during playback of a tape recorded in Camera 16:9 mode or a tape containing system data related to the aspect ratio). (3) Detection of S1 signal or video ID1 during line input (ID1 is for NTSC models only) A video ID 1 /S 1 signal multiplexed onto a video signal input from the composite video terminal or S terminal is detected, and system data relating to aspect ratio information is recorded. (4) Detection of WSS (Wide Screen Signaling) signal during line input (iPAL model only)
1-74
7-12 Audio Dubbing

7-12-1 Tapes to which Audio Dubbing can be Added
Audio dubbing can only be added to tapes with 1 2-bit/SP recording (other than 4-channel simultaneous recording). The camcorder switches to Stop mode if audio dubbing is attempted on other tapes. The camcorder switches to Stop mode (a warning is displayed) if LP mode is detected, or if any of the following are detected: 1 6bit mode, 4-channel simultaneous recording, no recording, SDL recording.
7-12-2 Selecting an Audio Dubbing Signal Input Source

Select an audio dubbing input source on the VCR menu. (There is no menu on PAL models. The microphone is the only audio dubbing input source for these models.) There are two audio dubbing options: Line (AV terminal) and Microphone. If Microphone is selected and an external microphone is connected, then the external microphone is used as input. If no external microphone is connected, then the built-in microphone is used as input. The settings for line video output are as follows. (1) When AV terminal input is used: The S terminal and AV terminal are set to Input mode. The speaker output can be monitored. (2) When external microphone input is used : The S terminal and AV terminal are set to Output mode. The speaker is off and line monitoring is possible. (3) When built-in microphone input is used : The S terminal and AV terminal are set to Output The speaker is off and line mounitoring is possible.
7-12-3 Audio Dubbing Procedure

(1) In VCR mode, play and pause the tape at the position where you want to add audio dubbing. Next, press the [Audio dubbing] button on the remote control. The camcorder switches to Audio Dubbing mode (Audio Dubbing pause), and panel (CVF). (2) Push the Pause [ ] button and input the audio through the microphone, etc. This starts the audio dubbing process. (3) When you want to stop, press the Stop [I] button. Audio Dubbing mode ends and the Audio Dubbing display disappears. The camcorder is stopped. You can press the Pause [ ] button instead of the Stop [I] button to return to the condition in step (1) (Audio Dubbing pause) without exiting Audio Dubbing mode. Another way to exit Audio Dubbing mode is to press the [Audio Dubbing] button during Audio Dubbing pause. If the [Zero Set Memory] button on the remote control is pressed in advance at the tape position where you want audio dubbing to end, then after step (2), the camcorder will automatically stop at the set position and audio dubbing will end. (Audio Dubbing pause) is displayed on the LCD
7-12-4 CGMS
A CGMSA signal added to an analog-input video signal cannot be detected while a tape is being played. During audio dubbing, the yellow video terminal must be disconnected. Do not activate Audio Dubbing mode at copy-protected locations on a copy-protected tape. When the tape moves from a copyable area to a copy-protected area, the camcorder stops.
1-75
7-13 AV Insert (Not Available on PAL models)

In AV Insert mode, an ITI (Insert and Track Information) area is kept and audio, video, and sub-codes are overwritten.
7-13-1 Tapes Allowing AV Insert

Only tapes with SP recording can be used with AV Insert mode. If an attempt is made to enter AV Insert mode with any other type of tape, the camcorder switches to Stop mode. The camcorder stops (and displays a warning) if LP mode is detected, or if no recording SDL is detected.
7-13-2 AV Insert Signal Input Source Selection

The input source is selected automatically according to the following order of priority:
DV terminal (ACK detected) > AV terminal detected > No connection

The settings for line video output are as follows. (1) When DV terminal input is used : The S terminal and AV terminal are set to Output mode. The speaker output can be monitored. (2) When AV terminal input is used : The S terminal and AV terminal are set to Input mode. The speaker output can be monitored. (3) When there is no connection : The S terminal and AV terminal are OFF. The speaker output is muted.
7-13-3 AV Insert Procedure

(1) In VCR mode, play and pause the tape at the position where you want to insert AV. Next, press the [AV Insert] button on the remote control. The camcorder switches to AV Insert mode (AV Insert pause), and (AV Insert pause) is displayed on the LCD panel (CVF). (2) Push the Pause [ ] button and input the video and audio. This starts the AV insertion process. G (AV Insert) is displayed on the LCD panel (CVF). (3) When you want to stop, press the Stop [I] button. AV Insert mode ends and the AV Insert display disappears. The camcorder is stopped. You can press the Pause [ ] button instead of the Stop [I] button to return to the condition in step (1) (AV Insert pause) without exiting AV Insert mode. Another way to exit AV Insert mode is to press the [AV Insert] button on the remote control during AV Insert pause. If the [Zero Set Memory] button on the remote control is pressed in advance at the tape position where you want AV insertion to end, then after step (2), the camcorder will automatically stop at the set position and AV insertion will end.
7-13-4 CGMS
AV insertion for both DV input and analog input is only possible when there is no copy protection (CGMS = 00). If a value other than 00 is detected for CGMS, then the camcorder changes to Stop mode.
1-76
7-14 Analog/Digital Signal Conversion

This function can be used as an A/D conversion function for inputting an analog AV signal from an analog device to a PC.
7-14-1 A/D Signal Conversion Procedure

(1) Connect the output terminal of the analog device with the analog terminal of the camcorder using STV-250N (or using S-1 50 if necessary). Also connect the DV terminal of the camcorder with the DV terminal on the PC using CV-250F or CV-1 50F. (2) Move the camcorder's power switch to [VCR] and move the Tape/Card switch to Tape, setting the operating mode to Stop mode without inserting a tape. (3) Select this function (A/D signal conversion) from the VCR setting item on the menu. Specifically, set AV input DV output to ON. (4) Open the motion video acquisition software program on the PC and output the analog AV signal from the analog device. The analog AV signal from the analog device is converted by the camcorder to a digital signal (DV signal). The PC can then acquire the video and audio from the analog device, making it possible to record motion video and still images as needed.
7-14-2 CGMS
A/D signal conversion for both DV input and analog input is only possible when there is no copy protection (CGMS = 00). If a value other than 00 is detected for CGMS, then the A/D signal conversion function is closed, the LCD panel/CVF changes to blue background, the audio output is muted, and the following warning message is displayed: COPYRIGHT PROTECTED DUBBING RESTRICTED.
7-15 Multi Switch

VCR operations and various settings can be performed in this mode.
When the Switch is Turned

Multi-switch Mode During menu selection Menu During LCD brightness adjustment During card mix level adjustment Operated Function Item selection Brightness adjustment Mix level adjustment (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E) During AE shift During manual focus During VCR mode During playback zoom AE level correction Focus adjustment Speaker/headphone volume adjustment Movement of display frame The iris value is increased. The focus moves closer. The volume increases. Frame moves up (to the right). When switch is turned upward The cursor moves up. The LCD screen grows brighter. The mix level range becomes smaller.
When Setting Switch is Pushed

Multi switch mode Shooting pause Operated function Open/close Program AE menu (sets selected settings) In Digital Effects mode When menu is displayed During playback zoom Digital Effects mode selection switch Menu item setting switch Toggles direction of frame movement (left-right/up-down) Digital Effects mode is selected. The item is selected. The direction of frame movement is selected. When Setting switch is pushed Program AE mode selection.
1-77
CHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

CONTENTS
1. P.C.B. Functions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2-1 2. Power Supply Circuit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2-3 2-1 Startup of Power Supply ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-3 2-2 Power Fuses ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-5 2-3 Power Supply Circuits ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-6 3. Built-in Charger Circuit ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-7 3-1 Outline ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-7 3-2 Operation at Charging ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-8 3-2-1 Conditions To Start Charging --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-8 3-2-2 Progress of Charging ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2-9 4. Signal Processing Circuit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-10 4-1 Outline of Signal Processing Circuit ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-10 4-2 Camera/Card Signal Processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-11 4-2-1 Camera Motion Picture Recording ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-11 4-2-2 Card Still Picture Recording --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-11 4-2-3 Card Motion Picture Recording ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-12 4-3 Recorder Signal Processing --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-13 4-4 Audio Signal Flow ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-14 5. System Control, Servo ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-15 5-1 Outline of System Control, Servo -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-15 5-2 Major Functions of Each Microcomputer ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-16 5-3 Servo Control ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-17 5-4 Personal Computer Connection Mode (USB) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2-18 5-5 Error Detection ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-19 5-5-1 Error Detecting Conditions ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-19 5-5-2 Processing after Error Detection ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-19
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
1. P.C.B. Functions
(1) MAIN P.C.B. System-Control Section IC100 IC200 MODE MI-COM BACK UP System control MODE MI-COM resetting Detects a DC JACK voltage to the MODE MI-COM. Memory for MACS (64M) Camera digital signal processing, and card image processing Operational amplifier for charge circuit Power PWM regulator controller 2.7V regulator 4.7V regulator 2.5V regulator Record playback head amplifier Analog video input/output signal processing Memory for FR MI-COM Digital VCR signal processing LSI, IEEE1394 interface, FR MI-COM, and USB interface Memory for VIC3 (64M) Operational amplifier for reel sensor Drum, capstan, and loading motor driver Analog input/output signal processing Speaker amplifier 4V regulator (for speaker amplifier)
IC103 RESET Camera/Card Section IC1101 IC1102 PM Section IC1802 IC3201 IC3202 IC3203 IC3204 Video Section IC2000 IC2100 IC2300 IC2301 SDRAM MACS OPE AMP DC/DC CONVERTER CONTROL 2.7V REGULATOR 4.7V REGULATOR 2.5V REGULATOR VRP2 VIF2 FLASH VIC3
IC2302 SDRAM MO Driver Section IC300 IC301 Audio Section IC801 IC802 IC803 (2) CAC P.C.B. Camera Section IC1001 IC1002 IC1202 IC1701 CVF Section IC1501 IC1502 (3) CCD P.C.B. IC1070 (4) LCD P.C.B. IC901 IC902 IC903 IC4201 CCD EEPROM SERI/PARA CONVERTER LCD DRIVE DC/DC CONVERTER CONTROL V-DRIVER TG/CDS/AGC/AD IRIS DRIVE MOTOR DRIVER EVF DRIVER EEPROM OPE AMP MOTOR DRIVE AUDIO INTERFACE SP DRIVER 4V REGULATOR
CCD V driver CCD, TG, CCD output signal sampling, AGC, and A/D converter IRIS driver, and gyro output amp Zoom, focus motor driver EVF LCD (CVF) drive EEPROM for CVF data, MODE MI-COM
CCD image sensor EEPROM for LCD data LCD power switchover LCD signal processing and drive Backlight drive
2-1
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION (5) CVF P.C.B. Signal transfer from CAC P.C.B. to CVF-LCD, back-light LED turn-on. (6) JACK P.C.B. AV, MIC, S JACK, USB interface, Remoto control signal receiver sensor, white LED. IC1601 P SENSOR GYRO Pitch-direction angular speed detection IC1602 Y SENSOR GYRO Yaw-direction angular speed detection
2-2
2. Power Supply Circuit

<Outline>
In this product, a novel type of power supply system including a compact adapter (CA-570) is adopted for enhancement of cost performance and power savings. In comparison with the conventional products, this machine provides the following advantageous features: When the DC jack is disconnected from the battery with power turned ON, poser goes OFF once. The internal battery is charged only when the MAIN switch is at the P OFF position. When the DC jack not connected with power source (not supplied with power) is inserted into the main unit, power is not turned on even if the battery is mounted. A changeover of main power to the battery is not made since an event of DC jack mechanism detection takes precedence.
2-1 Startup of Power Supply
Card P.C.B.
12 CN4001 LITHIUM BATTERY
EJ SW JACK CN2101 31
DMC-III CASSETTE IN SW CN303 12
POWER SW 9 10
MAIN P.C.B.
CN3201 DC+ DC J SW 2 3
21
CN100
CN101
13 EJECT SW 66 3V REG. DET SW RESET 2.6V DET. 14 E3V 18 E3 DET CAS IN 67 14 4 12 11 2 62 97 10 RESET 25 LI DET 71 DC J DET VCC VTR 76 POWER SW CAMERA 77 POWER SW
IC102 BACK UP
5 7 DVDD 3V CN3202 BATT+ 5 6
IC100 MODE MI-COM.
73 UNREG DET 52 VTR ON 41
IC103 RESET
SERIAL DATA
VTR ON PM SECTION
IC2301 FR MI-COM. (VIC3)
Fig. 2-1
2-3
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION Backup Lithium Battery LI3V power from the lithium battery is input to pin 3 of the IC102, and it is output from pin 12 as power to the MODE microcomputer. Thus, the MODE microcomputer performs data backup and clock operation when main power supply is not connected. When the voltage of the lithium battery decreases below 2.6 V (or when the lithium battery is not loaded), the IC102 outputs the L signal form pin 2. Upon receipt of this signal at the time of power-on, the MODE microcomputer sends it to the FR microcomputer, which then issue a lithium battery low-level warning indication. Main Power Supply Main power (DC-JACK/BATTERY) is supplied to pin 13 of IC102. Through the internal regulator in IC102, the main power thus supplied is converted to 3V power, which is output as E3V from pin 14 of IC102. Furthermore, through the internal switch, the main power is converted to LI3V, which is output from pin 12 of IC102 as a power voltage for driving the MODE MI-COM. Supplied with the main power, IC102 outputs the L signal from its pin 4. When the MODE MI-COM receives the L signal and the two signals output from pin 4 of IC103, it recognizes that the power supply is loaded. Then the MODE MI-COM performs initialization to set up a standby state. In this state, the MODE MI-COM carries out detection of start-related switch signals. Upon detection of these switch signals, the MODE MI-COM delivers the VTR ON(H) signal from its pins 52. When the VTR ON(H)signal is output, each circuit power is made active. When each circuit power is made active, 3V power is input to pins 5/7 of IC102. 3V power is output as the power for the MODE MI-COM from pin 12 of IC102 to save its power consumption.
2-4
2-2 Power Fuses
MAIN P.C.B.
CN3201 2 DC + FU3203 MECHA UNREG FU3204 DC/DC UNREG MODE MI-COM FU3205 SHOE UNREG FU3202 * DM-MV650i E Only P5 + VTR UNREG FU3201 UNREG 1
CN3202 5,6 BATT +
FU1801 MICOM UNREG
Fig. 2-2 The power supply from the battery DC JACK is supplied to six fuses on the MAIN P.C.B., through which the following six power voltage are delivered. (1) UNREG 1 : FU3201 3V power source (LCD3V, A 3V, HA 3V, DVDD 3V, IRIS 3V, CAM 3V) 2.7V power source (SDRAM 2.7V, AVDD 2.7V, DIF 2.7V) 2.5V power source (DVDD 2.5V) 1.4V power source (DVDD 1.4V, MACS 1.4V, AVDD 1.4V) LCD drive power source (-8V, 8.5V, 15V) CCD drive power source (-7V, +15V) (2) P5/VTR UNREG : FU3202 4.7V power source (AA 4.7V, VIF 4.7V, HA 4.7V) 5V power source (POW 5V, LCD 5V) VCR UNREG (3) MECHA UNREG : FU3203 DRUM /CAPSTAN (4) DC/DC UNREG : FU3204 DC/DC CONVERTER (5) SHOE UNREG : FU3205 Accessory shoe power source (6) MI-COM UNREG : FU1801 MI-COM UNREG (BATTERY)
2-5
2-3 Power Supply Circuits

Figure 2-3 shows the power supply circuits. The ON/OFF condition of each power supply voltage is controlled by the VTR ON signals output from the MODE MI-COM.
MAIN P.C.B.
46 LPF UNREG REG. Q3204 IC3204 UNREG REG. Q3205 REG. IC3202 PWM 56 REG. LPF LPF LPF LPF LPF LPF LPF 37 LPF UNREG IC3203 PWM CH-4 57 REG. Q3206 REG. LPF LPF LPF LPF UNREG LPF PWM CH-5 15 60 REG. Q3207 UNREG REG. Q3208 UNREG LPF PWM VTR ON 28 30 31 CH-7 5 UNREG LPF PWM CH-8 64 REG. LPF CCD -7V CCD 1 5V 62 REG. LPF LPF LCD 15V LCD 8.5V LCD -10V CAP VM SDRAM 2.7V AVDD 2.7V DIF 2.7V DVDD 3V IRIS 3V CAM 3V LCD 3V A 3V HA 3V AA 4.7V VIF 4.7V HA 4.7V P 5V LCD 5V DRUM VM CH-3 DVDD 2.5V LPF LPF MACS 1.4V AVDD 1.4V DVDD 1.4V
PWM CH-1
50
40
IC3201 DC/DC CONVERTER CONTROL
21
PWM CH-6
61
11
Fig. 2-3
2-6
3. Built-in Charger Circuit
DC P.C.B.
DC JACK
MAIN P.C.B.
CN3201 3 2 1 DC J SW DC+ DCDC JACK DET
IC103 RESET
DC JACK DET
73 Q1803 Q1805 INIT CHG2 INIT CHG1 100
UNREG DET
71
87 99
BATT AD
Q1804
IC100 MODE MI-COM.

Q1802 CHAGE A/D I 41 90 89 IC1802 BATTERY 5,6 3,4
D B
88
BATT INFO AD
A/D V
CN3202 BATT+ BATTBATT INFO AD BATT E3 BATT E3
2 1
Fig. 2-4
3-1 Outline
The main circuit elements and their functions are as follows. (1) IC100 : MODE MI-COM Charging voltage and charging current control Detection and display of charging progress Error discrimination and display Battery type discrimination and DC jack input detection (2) IC 1802 : OPE AMP Signal amplification for detecting charging current (3) Q1802/Q1803 : MOS form FET Power supply changeover switch (4) Q1804/Q1805 : TRANSISTOR Trickle charge switch
2-7
3-2 Operation at Charging

3-2-1 Conditions To Start Charging
When the following conditions are satisfied, the MODE MI-COM (IC100) to start charging. Conditions Main unit power is turned OFF. Battery is installed. DC JACK is inserted. DC JACK input voltage is 8.40.3V. Detection MODE MI-COM pin 76/77 MODE MI-COM pin 88 (BATT INFO AD) MODE MI-COM pin 71 (DC JACK DET) MODE MI-COM pin 87 (BATT AD) MODE MI-COM pin 73 (UNREG DET) Source of detection POWER SW Battery D terminal (CN3202 pin 2) DC JACK (CN3201 pin 3) DC JACK (CN3201 pin 2)
2-8
3-2-2 Progress of Charging

When the conditions described in 3-2-1 are satisfied, the MODE MI-COM starts charging according to the specifications in Fig.2-5. The charging current in quick charge can be restricted by CA-570.
* Charging is allowed to start provided that the UNREG voltage is 8.4 0.3V before starting the charging. Otherwise, an error is indicated. * Charging can be performed provided that the power is turned OFF. * If the DC JACK is detected, the charging is turned OFF when the power is turned ON (no power supplied from the battery). LED flashes once Quick charge 1.525A When battery voltage becomes 6.5V, quick charge starts. 0.075A 1.1A ADI detection voltage = 1.706V If the battery is not installed/removed after completion of charge, charging does not start unless the battery voltage becomes 7V or lower. LED flashes twice Charging current BATT V 5.2V INIT-CHG1 ON INIT-CHG2 OFF CHG OFF
LED lights up steadily Up to battery installed/removed and power turned ON
* An error is indicated and charging is turned OFF if the battery voltage becomes 6.4V or lower during charging other than trickles 1 and 2. * An error is indicated and charging is turned OFF if the battery voltage becomes 5V or lower during charging trickle 2. * An error is indicated and charging is turned OFF if the charging voltage is 1.8A or higher (detected voltage > 2.7V). * Charging is turned OFF if the charging current is 70mA or lower. Specified from D65 BP-Z: 10 min. BP-2Z: 10 min. If the battery voltage BP-3Z: 10 min. becomes 5.2V, 100mA the trickle 2 starts. ADI detection voltage 350mA max. = 0.155V Trickle 1 50mA max.
70mA ADI detection voltage = 0.109V Lapsed time Charge ended
TOTAL TIMER
BATT V 6.5V ADI detection voltage 1.706V INIT-CHG1 OFF INIT-CHG2 OFF CHG ON Quick charge timer Error indicated and charging OFF at timeout BP-Z : 2Hmax BP-2Z : 4Hmax BP-3Z : 5Hmax
BATT V 6.5V 0.155V ADI detection voltage 1.706V INIT-CHG1 OFF INIT-CHG2 OFF CHG ON 2-flash timer LED lit and charging ended at timeout BP-Z : 2Hmax BP-2Z : 4Hmax BP-3Z : 8Hmax
BATT V 8.0V ADI detection voltage 0.109V INIT-CHG1 OFF INIT-CHG2 OFF CHG OFF
Torque 1 timer 110 min. max. Error indicated and charging OFF at timeout
5.2V BATT V 6.5V INIT-CHG1 ON INIT-CHG2 ON CHG OFF Torque 2 timer 100 min. max. Error indicated and charging OFF at timeout Total timer LED lit and charging ended at timeout BP-Z : 6Hmax BP-2Z : 9Hmax BP-3Z : 12Hmax
BATT V 8.0V 0.109V ADI detection voltage INIT-CHG1 OFF INIT-CHG2 OFF CHG ON Supplementary timer LED lit and charging ended at timeout BP-Z : 1Hmax BP-2Z : 1Hmax BP-3Z : 1Hmax
0.155V
Fig. 2-5
2-9
4. Signal Processing Circuit

4-1 Outline of Signal Processing Circuit
Figure 2-6 shows the entire block diagram of the signal processing circuit and the flow of video and audio signals.
CCD P.C.B.
LENS IC1001 CCD
CAC P.C.B.
IC1002 TG/CDS/AGC/AD IC501 EVF DRIVE CVF LCD
MEMORY CARD
MAIN P.C.B.
IC1101 SDRAM IC1102 MACS
LCD P.C.B.
IC903 EVF DRIVE
CARD P.C.B. JACK P.C.B.

MIN AV JACK
IC2301 VIC3
IC2303 SDRAM IC2100 VIF2
LCD
USB TERMINAL
USB
IC801 AIF3 MIC DV TERMINAL DIF
IC802 SP DRIVE SPEAKER
FR MICOM
IC2000 VRP2 REC/PB HEAD
Fig. 2-6
2-10
4-2 Camera/Card Signal Processing

4-2-1 Camera Motion Picture Recording
64 Mbit SDRAM IC1101 32 bit
SDRAM IF
Deformation, Drawing REND
CCD IC1001
36MHz
CDS/ AGC/ AD/TG IC1002

10bit 18MHz
proc
resize
nr
Synthesis COMP
VIC3 IC2301
Camera signal processing GRAB Audio IC1102
JPEG JPEG
CARD IF FR MI-COM
AIF IC801
Fig. 2-7
4-2-2 Card Still Picture Recording
SDRAM IF
RAW YCC 1 YCC 2
DMA
FR MI-COM
CCD IC1001
36MHz

10bit 18MHz
proc
resize
nr
Synthesis COMP
VIC3 IC2301
Camera signal processing GRAB
JPEG
CARD IF
SD CARD
AIF IC801 IC1102
Audio USB
Fig. 2-8
2-11
4-2-3 Card Motion Picture Recording
SDRAM IF
YCC 1 YCC 2
DMA
FR MI-COM
Synthesis COMP
CCD IC1001
36MHz

10bit 18MHz
proc
resize
nr
VIC3 IC2301
Camera signal processing GRAB Audio
JPEG
CARD IF
SD CARD
AIF IC801 IC1102
Fig. 2-9 <CCD> IC1001 1/6 inches interlaced CCD Complementary color filter Total number of pixels Approx. 680,000 Effective number of pixels Tape : Approx. 340,000 / Card : Approx. 447,000 <CDS/AGC/AD/TG> IC1002 A signal read out of the CCD is extracted. Then, after the extracted signal is subjected to AGC processing and A/D conversion, it is output as a digital signal. <MACS> IC1102 Various camera signal processing operations (EIS, AWB, etc.) and digital effect processing operation are carried out. This circuit carries out various camera signal processing operations (EIS, AWB, etc.), and digital effect processing. It also performs multimedia-application signal processing mainly for still image recording. Feature engine High-speed card interface JPEG Audio data compression (ADPCM) USB 1.1 function <SDRAM> IC1101 Field memory for camera signal processing and digital effect processing Image data memory for Memory card write/read operation
2-12
4-3 Recorder Signal Processing
VIC BLOCK IC2303 SDRAM SDRAM INTERFACE
DIF BLOCK DIF INTERFACE DV TERMINAL
A DATA IC1102 B DATA MACS VIDEO INTERFACE COMPRESSION /DEMOD. ECC REC/PB PROCESS IC2000 VRP2
VIDEO HEAD
IC2100 VIF2 AV JACK S TERMINAL CVF LCD LCD
D/A
A/D
BUS
AUDIO INTERFACE
IC801 AIF3
AV JACK
R,G,B IC2301 VIC3
MI-COM. BLOCK FR MI-COM.
USB BLOCK USB INTERFACE USB TERMINAL
Fig. 2-10 < VIC3 >IC2301 The VIC, MI-COM, DIF INTERFACE and USB INTERFACE circuits are integrated on a single semiconductor chip. A/B DATA : Input in camera mode. B DATA is output and A DATA is input at playback. (MACS digital effect circuit is used at playback.) The video data and signals input to VIC3 are subjected to digital VCR format signal processing. Audio data, subcode data and ITI data are also created at VIC3, and these signals are output to VRP2 as 41.85 Mbps data of DIF DV format. : After conversion to digital data conforming to IEEE1394 standard, the data is output at DV terminal. At digital input, the data enters VIC3 signal processing circuit via the opposite route. < VRP2 >IC2000 Recording data of 41.85 Mbps output from VIC3 is amplified at VRP2, and is recorded on magnetic tape while undergoing head switching of CH-1, CH-2 with a switching pulse. At playback, the head output signal is amplified and sent to VIC3. < VIF2 >IC2100 Y and C signals sent from VIC3 are output as Y, C signals for S terminal and composite video. At line input, input signals undergo level adjustment, sync signal separation and are output to VIC3.
2-13
4-4 Audio Signal Flow
MIC
HEAD PHONE AV JACK EXT MIC BEEP FR MI-COM.
L R L R L R
IC1102 MACS IC801 AIF3
IC2301 VIC3
IC2000 VRP2 REC/ PB HEAD
MEM IF
CARD IF
SDRAM
CARD
L+R +
IC802 SPEAKER DRIVER
BEEP
FR MI-COM.
SPEAKER
Fig. 2-11 < AIF >IC801 Carries out switching between internal and external microphones (by means of serial data from MODE MI-COM),plus ALC (Auto Level Control), fading, and amplification of various output signals. For the beep tone issued at ejection, etc., the signal from the FR MI-COM is generated in the circuit and changed over in the AIF. The microphone amplifier, HPF, ALC, A/D, D/A, and digital I/F circuits are contained in this IC. It is also used for changeover between ordinary voice sound and beep sound. < SPEAKER DRIVER >IC802 This integrated circuit is used for speaker drive operation.
2-14
5. System Control, Servo

5-1 Outline of System Control, Servo
Figure 2-12 shows the overall configuration of the system control & servo circuit, plus the flow of data. System control is performed by the FR MI-COM (IC2301) and MODE MI-COM (IC100) on MAIN P.C.B.
MAIN P.C.B.
MEMORY CARD IC1102 MACS
IC3201 DC/DC CONVERTER
D-VS C-VS
DRUM DRIVER
DRUM M
FG/PG PWM D PWM C DFG/PG VIC ZOOM SW CFG

CAPSTAN DRIVER
CAPSTAN M
FG IC301 MOTOR DRIVER LOADING M
JACK P.C.B.
LOADING DRIVER
REMOTE CONTROL SIGNAL RECEIVER
IC2300 FLASH FR MI-COM IC2000 VRP2 IC2301 VIC3
DMC III
MODE SW C.DOWN SW BOT/EOT SENS. DEW REEL FG
DIAL SW
CARD P.C.B.
R-KEY
START/STOP SW IC2100 VIF2 IC100 MODE MI-COM IC801 AIF3
HEAD
PHOTO SW
MIC
POWER SW
EJECT SW
LCD P.C.B.
IC902 SERI/PARA CONVERTER
LENS IC101
EEPROM
IC901 EEPROM
IC1701 MOTOR DRIVER
IC1002 CDS AGC A/D TG
IC1202 IRIS DRIVE
IC1501 EVF DRIVER
CAC P.C.B.
IC903 LCD DRIVER
Fig. 2-12
2-15
5-2 Major Functions of Each Microcomputer

(1) FR MI-COM (IC2301 : VIC3) The FR MI-COM, as the nucleus of the system, carries out control of mode transition plus mechanism control through communication with MODE MI-COM. It also detects of various sensors and switches (DMCIII). Following are the major functions. VIC (Video) VIF2 (Video Interface) control / AIF3 (Audio Interface) controls / DIF (Digital Interface) controls Control in accordance with IEEE1394 USB interface control DMC III mechanism control Card control CCD drive control AE, AF, AWB control EIS (Electric Image Stabilizer) control OSD (On Screen Display) bitmap control * The FR microcomputer in this machine does not have a dedicated EEPROM. Since a flash ROM is used for the FR microcomputer as a substitute for the EEPROM, it is required to update the flash ROM after adjustment and data modification regarding the FR microcomputer. (2) MODE MI-COM (IC100) The MODE MI-COM is mainly in charge of the power-on sequence and charging control. Following are the major functions. Key input LCD / EVF control Remote control input Power ON/OFF control Built-in charge circuit control MIC (Memory In Cassette) control * In this machine, an EEPROM for the MODE microcomputer is mounted on the CAC P.C.B. instead of the MAIN P.C.B.
2-16
5-3 Servo Control

Servo control is carried out by the VIC3 (VIC and FR MI-COM). The FR MI-COM is used for servo control of motor ON/OFF and rotational direction, and the VIC is used to output rotational speed and phase control signals. More specifically in terms of signal flow, the VIC detects the FG/PG and PB-RF signals from the motor, and sends the detected signal information to the FR MI-COM. Then, the FR MI-COM generates an error signal to be output to the VIC. Thereafter, the VIC outputs an error signal (PWM), which is driven on the MAIN P.C.B. for sending a control voltage to the motor driver IC.
DC/DC CONVERTER
DRUM VM
DRUM VS
CAP VM
CAP VS
LOAD ON/ UNLOAD FR DERR VIC3 CERR IC1301 MO DRIVE
DMC III
LOAD+/LOADU/V/W Ucoil/Vcoil/Wcoil LOADING MOTOR DRUM MOTOR CAPSTAN MOTOR
DA CFG
CFG2
DA S REEL DA T REEL
S REEL Hall SENSOR T REEL Hall SENSOR
Fig. 2-13
2-17
5-4 Personal Computer Connection Mode (USB)
IC1101 SDRAM
IC1102 MACS
IC1001 CCD IC1002 TG/CDS AGC/AD Still Picture Signal Processing MEMORY CARD
Card camera mode of signal flow Personal computer connection mode of signal flow
FR MI-COM
USB CONTROLER
USB TERMINAL
IC2301 VIC3
Fig. 2-14
In the card camera mode, an image signal produced in the camera section is sent to the memory card via the MACS. In the personal computer connection mode, the USB terminal and the memory card are connected through the USB controller. The FR MI-COM performs control of changeover between the card camera mode and the personal computer connection mode.
2-18
5-5 Error Detection

If an abnormality has been occurred in any rotation drive system (drum, capstan, reel, loading), a relevant mode enters. The LCD indicates PLEASE UNLOAD THE CASSETTE and blinks EJECT.
5-5-1 Error Detecting Conditions

The following table gives error detecting conditions.
Kind Drum error Condition Error detecting mode FG frequency when steady Error detecting level Error detecting time Capstan error Error detecting mode FG frequency when steady Error detecting level Error detecting time Reel error Error detecting mode Error detection Starting / steady 900Hz Starting: Beyond 80-150%. Steady : 30% max. Starting : 5sec. Steady : 0.5sec. Starting / steady 1347Hz Starting : 80% max. Steady : 60Hz max. Starting : 2sec. Steady : 2sec. Starting / Normal / UNLOAD Normally : The C-FG count per reel FG cycle is Starting : M ore than 3294 Steady : M ore than 2256 UNLOAD : Reel FG half cycle is 1 sec or more (Take-up reel only for both) Loading error Error detecting mode Error detection M ode transfer M ode transfer time STANDBY-STOP : 6sec STANDBY-POPUP : 3sec STOP-PLAY : 3sec M ode SW T, S-REEL FG C-FG C-FG Detection D-FG
5-5-2 Processing after Error Detection

The following table gives processing after error detection. Pop up Error stop : Error displayerror eject pop up error clear : Error displaySTOP position (not cleared unless EJECTED)
Cassette in Drum error Capstan error Reel error Loading error Pop up Pop up ------Pop up Loading Pop up ------------Pop up During loading Error stop Error stop Error stop Error stop Loading completed Error stop Error stop Error stop Error stop During tape running Error stop Error stop Error stop ------During mode Error stop Error stop Error stop Error stop
2-19
CHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR SERVICE HINTS

CONTENTS
1. List of Maintenance Tools and Supplies --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-1 1-1 List of Maintenance Tools ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-1 1-2 List of Supplies ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3-1 2. Setting ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-2 2-1 Setting A -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-2 2-2 Setting B -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-3 3. Service Modes --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-4 3-1 Outline ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-4 3-2 How to Change Over to Service Mode --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-4 3-3 How to Operate Wireless Remote Controller in Service Mode ----------------------------------------------------------------- 3-5 3-4 Indication in Service Mode ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-6 4. Description of Service Modes --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-7 4-1 Error Rate ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3-7 4-2 Mechanical Error Indication --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-8 4-2-1 Mechanical Error Normal Mode ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-8 4-2-2 Mechanical Error Analysis Mode ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-9 4-3 Cleaning Mode ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-10 4-4 Commands Particular to Camera --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-10 4-5 Checking the Lens Resetting ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-11 4-6 Functional Check of Control Keys and Switches -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-11 4-6-1 MODE MI-COM Input Port --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-11 4-6-2 MODE MI-COM A/D Port ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-12 4-6-3 FR MI-COM Input Port -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-12 4-6-4 FR MI-COM A/D Port --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-12 5. Service Hints ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-13 5-1 Arrangement of Circuit Boards ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-13 5-2 Location of Main Elements --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-14 5-3 Current Consumption Check ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-16 6. Trouble Shooting ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-17 6-1 Power Supply ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-17 6-2 Camera Picture Faulty --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-18 6-3 Faulty of Playback Picture ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-19 6-4 Startup Window Setting ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-20 7. Mechanical Error Applicability Table ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-21
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR SERVICE HINTS
1. List of Maintenance Tools and Supplies

1-1 List of Maintenance Tools
Item Name Alignment T ape, (Color bar master/PAL) Alignment T ape (tracking) Cassette T orque Gauge for DV DV Cleaning T ape (hard) Driver bit for tape path adjustment Color bar chart Color Viewer 5600 K for 220V Color Viewer 5600 K for 240V Lamp for Color Viewer 5600K Filter, CCA W1246mm CASSET T E, SERVICE MODE EXT ENSION CONNECT OR (20pin) Item Number DY9-1381-00 Purpose Recorder electrical adjustment DMC III DMC III DMC III DMC III Remarks
DY9-1379-000 Running adjustment DY9-1346-000 Running adjustment DY9-1384-000 Head cleaning DY9-2053-000 T ape path adjustment DY9-2002-000 Camera electrical adjustment DY9-2039-220 Camera electrical adjustment (for 220V) DY9-2039-240 Camera electrical adjustment (for 240V) DY9-2040-000 Replacement DY9-2046-000 Camera electrical adjustment DY9-1386-000 Service mode, electrical adjustment DY9-1387-000 T est pin extended
NEW NEW
1-2 List of Supplies

Item Name Grease FLOIL C-1Z Logenest Lambda A-74 Grease GE-C9 Grease FLOIL 948P Hanal FL-778 Hanal KS-39M Dia Bond No. 1663G Sponge (W H T : 300mm 200mm 6mm) Adhesive T ape, No.354E (W L T : 9mm 50m 0.15mm, UL type) Adhesive T ape, No. 501F (W L T : 10mm 50m 0.16mm, UL type) Sheet, Shield (W H : 250mm 250mm) Item Number DY9-3039-000 Lubrication CY9-8102-000 Lubrication CY9-8043-000 Lubrication DY9-3051-000 Lubrication DY9-3026-000 Lubrication DY9-3053-000 Lubrication CY9-8129-000 Adhesive DY9-4001-000 General-purpose vibration isolating /sound absorbing material DY9-3032-000 General-purpose adhesive tape DY9-3034-000 General-purpose double-side-coated adhesive tape DY9-3036-000 General-purpose shield material Purpose Remarks DMC III Lens Lens DMC III Cover Cover LCD
3-1
2. Setting
(1) Adjustments other than DMC-III : Perform adjustments in the product state. (2) Tracking adjustment (DMC-III) and Envelope check : Perform them with the Setting A. (3) Adjustments related to DMC-III other than Tracking adjustment, tape path system check and tape path system cleaning : Perform them with the Setting B.
2-1 Setting A
Envelope Check)
(1) Detach the Lithium Battery Cover. (2) Connect the extension connector (DY9-1387-000) to CN2900. (3) Observe the PB-RF waveform output from the extension connector
Extension connector (DY9-1387-000) Pin No. 7 19 21 23 GND SWP GND PBRF Signal Designation
DY9-1387-000
Tracking Adjustment)
Fig. 3-1
(1) Remove the CASSETTE COVER referring to Fig. 3-2 (a). (2) When the posts are going to be adjusted, eject and remove the cassette once and perform the prospective adjustment as shown in Fig. 3-2 (b). (3) Repeat the observation of the PB-RF waveform and the prospective adjustment until fluctuation of envelope is re-moved. Note : When the tracking adjustment is going to be performed, refer to Chapter 2-8 on page 4-48 : Tape Path Adjustment.
(a) CASSETTE COVER 2
(b) ADJUSTMENT DRIVER
Fig. 3-2
3-2
2-2 Setting B
(1) Remove the FRONT COVER, REAR COVER, LEFT COVER UNIT, RIGHT COVER UNIT and JACK P.C.B. referring to Chapter 4-1: Disassembling and Reassembling. Note 1 : Referring to Fig.3-3, connect the required cables. Note 2 : Observe the signal in the same manner as that for setting A. Note 3 : For EJECT, select the service mode and use the wireless remote controller. (Note : Same manner for recorder keys)
LEFT COVER UNIT
WIRELESS CONTROLLER
REAR COVER UNIT
MONITOR TV
CN101 CN3201
CA-570
JACK P.C.B.
CN2101
Fig. 3-3
3-3
3. Service Modes
3-1 Outline
(1) The service mode in this equipment uses the wireless remote controller. (To be used in remote control code 2) (2) For changeover to the service mode, a dedicated tool (CASSETTE, SERVICE MODE: DY9-1386-000) is required in addition to the wireless remote controller. (3) Mode changeover is available between the service mode and the normal mode using the Audio dubbing and SLOW keys of the wireless remote controller. As long as power is ON, the service mode is available even if the CASSETTE, SERVICE MODE is removed. (4) In the service mode, changeover of the main unit operation mode can be handled using the keys on the main unit and the remote control mode 1. (5) In the service mode, safety functions such as for mechanical error detection, DEW detection and low voltage detection are canceled. (6) In the service mode, the LCD mirror function is canceled.
3-2 How to Change Over to Service Mode

(1) Cassette for changeover to service mode (DY9-1386-000) Set the ((CASSETTE, SERVICE MODE)) in the equipment and load the data. (2) Press the Dubbing key on the wireless remote controller that is set at Remote controller code 2. * To changeover to Remote controller code 2, press Remote controller setting and Zoom T keys simultaneously for 2 sec. * The remote controller code setting on the DVC main unit is operable both at remote controller codes 1 and 2. (3) Now the changeover to the service mode has been completed and the SERVICE MODE appears on the screen. Fig. 3-4
DY9-1386-000
* Pressing the SLOW key performs the changeover to the normal mode from the service mode. As long as the power supply is ON, the service mode is available by setting the Audio dubbing key even if the cassette for transfer to service mode is removed.
Fig. 3-5
3-4
3-3 How to Operate Wireless Remote Controller in Service Mode

(1) To use the wireless remote controller in the service mode, set it at Remote controller code 2. * To changeover to Remote controller code 2, press the Remote controller setting and Zoom T keys simultaneously for 2 sec.
4. SERCH + 3. START/STOP 5. SEARCH 11. PLAY 8. FF 6. FRAME + 9. REW 12. STOP 7. FRAME 1. DUBBING 2. SLOW 13. PAUSE 14. 2
10. SERCH SELECT
Remote Controller Code 2 setting
Fig. 3-6
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Key Designation (in Normal Mode) DUBBING SLOW START/STOP SEARCH + SEARCH FRAME + FRAME FF REW SEARCH SELECT PLAY STOP PAUSE 2
Key Designation (in Service Mode) SERVICE MODE NORMAL MODE CS+ FUNCTION + FUNCTION HIGH ADDRESS + HIGH ADDRESS ADDRESS + ADDRESS MODE SELECT DATA + DATA STORE EJECT
Function Change over to service mode Change over to normal mode Increases CS by 1. Increases FUNCTION by 1. Decreases FUNCTION by 1. Increases HIGH ADDRESS by 1. Decreases HIGH ADDRESS by 1. Increases ADDRESS by 1. Decreases ADDRESS by 1. Change over to RD/WR mode Increases DATA by 1. Decreases DATA by 1. Defines/w rites DATA. Performs EJECT.
3-5
3-4 Indication in Service Mode

Shown below are the indications in the service mode.
4 1 2 3 7
18
10 11 12 13 14 15
16
Fig. 3-7 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Indicates that the service mode is currently selected. (SERV) MODE : Indicates the MODE currently selected. (RD/WR/ST)
17
Indicates for which block the command is specified. (MA,MD, CA, CD, etc.) CS : Indicates the Chip Select currently specified. (0~F) Function : Indicates the Function currently selected. (00~FF) ADDR : Indicates the ADDRESS currently selected. (0000~FFFF) DT : Indicate, in hexadecimal representation, the DATA currently being read or set. (00~FF) Indicates the mechanical status. (POPUP, STBY, LOAD1, LOAD2, STOP, PLAY)
9. Indicates the absolute track No. 10. Indicates the mechanical error. (Main power supply backup) 11. Indicates mechanical error history (LITHIUM 3V battery backup) 12. Indicates the version of the MAIN program in the FR MI-COM. 13. Indicates the version of the MODE MI-COM. 14. Indicates the version of the CAMERA program in the FR MI-COM. 15. Indicates the version of the CARD program in the FR MI-COM. 16. E0 : Indicates the error rate of the track that is traced in the CH0 (Low ch) head. 17. E1 : Indicates the error rate of the track that is traced in the CH1 (High ch) head. 18. Data Write status (00: READ mode, 04 : Write preparation, OC : Write execution)
3-6
4. Description of Service Modes

4-1 Error Rate
<Generals>
(1) A VIDEO error rate (VIDEO + AUDIO) and an AUDIO error rate can be checked. (2) Note that the error rate is worsened on occurrence of failure in tape running, deterioration of tape, decreased in head output, failure in head amplifier, improper drum shield, etc.
<How to read a VIDEO error rate>

An average error rate on 64-track AUDIO+VIDEO sector is indicated in exponential representation. Example) 25 is indicated: Error rate = 210 -5
Low ch.
EO 2 5 E1
High ch.
2 10
Fig. 3-8
-5
<How to read an AUDIO error rate>

To read error rate of AUDIO track, follow the procedures in the table below. The number of erroneous sync block of 64-track AUDIO sync blocks is indicated in two hexadecimal digits. (FF limitation is imposed on a value exceeding 255.) Example) 23is indicated: Number of erroneous sync blocks = 35
Low ch.
AO 2 3 A1
High ch.
2 3
(hexadecimal)
In the product specifications, the error rate on both channels in self -recording LP playback is as follows : Error rate =28H or less (Number of erroneous sync blocks = 40 or less)
(2 16)+ 3 = 35 (decimal)
Fig. 3-9
Important After the adjustment, set the DT to the product setting . (press STORE key at 1 of STEP 1 state.)
<Change to an AUDIO error rate>

ST EP 1 PROCEDURE CS 1) Make setting shown at right. 2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.) 0 Function 10 MONIT OR ADDR MODE 001D ST RD DT 00 03 Product setting Audio error rate indication Microcomputer operation
03 Remarks) Selecting DT back to "0"makes a return to Audio + Video error rate.
3-7
4-2 Mechanical Error Indication

<Outline>
(1) On occurrence of a mechanical error, the conditions of the error can be checked in the service mode. (Normal indication mode and analysis mode available) (2) In the normal indication mode of the mechanical error, two types of indications appear on the service mode initial screen: the data indication retained only by the main battery and the error history data indication backed up by LITHIUM 3V. (3) The data backed up by the LITHIUM 3V can be reset by the STEP-1 operation shown below. (4) For changeover to the mechanical error analysis mode, perform the STEP-2 operation shown below.
ST EP 1 2 PROCEDURE CS 1) Make setting shown at right. 2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.) 1) Make setting shown at right. 2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.) 0 0 Function 08 10 MONIT OR ADDR MODE 0008 0079 ST RD ST RD DT 00 01 Error data held only in the POWER-ON state is indicated. Service screen change. Microcomputer operation
4-2-1 Mechanical Error Normal Mode
Relevant errors are highlighted in purple.
E : TAPE END B : TAPE TOP D : DRUM ERROR C : CAPSTAN ERROR S : S-REEL ERROR T : T- REEL ERROR L : LOADING MTR ERROR D : DEW ERROR
Fig. 3-10
3-8
4-2-2 Mechanical Error Analysis Mode
1 2 3
1. Address of the sequence that was under execution in the event of an error. (information of the control status.) 2. S reel error detection data in the event of an error. 3. T reel error detection data in the event of an error.
Fig. 3-11
<How to Check>
By following the steps (1) through (4) shown below, the Sequence in which the error has occurred can be checked in addition to the type of the mechanical error. (1) First of all, check the Sequence that matches the data (1), referring to Address in the mechanical error applicability table. (2) For the applicable Sequence in 1 above, if S reel error detection sensitivity level (CEh or 8Dh) is listed in the Sreel subfield of the Mecha Error field, compare it with the data (2). If the data (2) is above the S reel error detection sensitivity level listed, the error history indication should be S reel error. (3) For the applicable Sequence in 1 above, if T reel error detection sensitivity level (CEh or 8Dh) is listed in the Treel subfield of the Mecha Error field, compare it with the data (3). If the data (3) is above the T reel error detection sensitivity level listed, the error history should be T reel error. (4) Unless S or T reel error is determined in step 2 or 3 above, the error history should be the error condition specified in the Mechanical Error Applicablity Table field marked with Note : . If a multiple number of items are specified, any of the applicable items should have occurred. The DEW errors can be identified according to whether or not there is dew indication at an occurrence of an error. * The reference table of actual mechanical errors is given at the end of Chapter 3. (See 7: Mechanical Error Table on p. 3-21.)
3-9
4-3 Cleaning Mode

When cleaning the head with hard-type cleaning tape (DY9-1384-000), set up the cleaning mode according to the procedure given below. Note :
ST EP 1
After head cleaning, be sure to restore the settings to normal.

PROCEDURE CS 1) Make setting shown at right. 2) Increases DT by 2. (Change bit-02 to 1 from 0.) (Example: 80 82) 3) Perform ST ORE. (Press PAUSE key. RD 1) Change over to the normal mode and turn OFF the power supply. -Completion of cleaning mode setup Resetting of cleaning mode 0 Function 10 MONIT OR ADDR MODE 0111 ST DT --Microcomputer operation
4-4 Commands Particular to Camera

<Outline>
(1) The commands particular to camera are provided for checking the operation. (2) Make preparation according to the table below and carry out the desired commands particular to camera. (3) To restore any setting back to the original status, press the PAUSE key (STORE) for each item again in the ST mode. Turning the power OFF/ON resets all the settings.
ST EP WB SET WB LOCK WB T URBO WB WB INDOOR IRIS OPEN IRIS CLOSE AGC MAX AGC MIN COLOR BAR White 100% White 50% PROCEDURE CAM SPECIAL COMMAND 1) Make setting shown at right. 2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.) 1) Make setting shown at right. 2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.) 1) Make setting shown at right. 2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.) 1) Make setting shown at right. 1) Make setting shown at right. 2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.) 1) Make setting shown at right. 2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.) 1) Make setting shown at right. 2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.) 1) Make setting shown at right. 2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.) 1) Make setting shown at right. 2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.) 1) Make setting shown at right. 2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.) 1) Make setting shown at right. 2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.) 1) Make setting shown at right. 2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.) CS 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Function 08 08 08 08 08 08 08 08 08 08 08 08 MONIT OR ADDR MODE 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 330A 330B ST RD ST RD ST RD ST RD ST RD ST RD ST RD ST RD ST RD ST RD ST RD ST RD DT ------------------------Outputs white 50% from MACS. Outputs white 100% from MACS. Outputs color bar from MACS. A value of AGC gain is minimized. A value of AGC gain is maximized. T he iris is closed forcibly. T he iris is opened forcibly. WB indoor mode WB outdoor mode WB high-speed setting mode WB is locked. WB is set. Microcomputer operation
OUT DOOR 2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.)
3-10
4-5 Checking the Lens Resetting

<Generals>
(1) Setting the address according to the table below allows to check whether the lens resetting is ended or not. (2) If the DATA (in hexadecimal representation) is D0 or D4, the lens has been reset. * In case of 40 or 44, the zoom lens has not yet been reset. * In case of 80 or 84, the focus lens has not yet been reset.
ST EP 1 PROCEDURE CS 1) Make setting shown at right. 2 Function 00 MONIT OR ADDR MODE 4663 RD DT -RAM data indication Microcomputer operation
4-6 Functional Check of Control Keys and Switches

<Generals>
(1) The MODE and FR MI-COM terminals can be checked in the service mode. With this function, the key-related operations and the connections between the keys and the MI-COM terminals can be checked in the product state. (2) Perform the check in the RD mode.
4-6-1 MODE MI-COM Input Port

ST EP 1 25 NAME V3T oM PC Li3V Detect DESCRIPT ION PC mode communication:PC mode start Detection of decrease in lithium battery voltage 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 75 76 77 78 79 PANEL Open SW PANEL B/T SW EJECT SW Cassette IN SW Photo SW Half Photo SW ST ART /ST OP DC J DET PAE/GREEN SW VT R POWER SW CAM POWER SW T /C PW SW SDET LCD open detection LCD reverse detection EJECT detection Cassette IN detection Full pressing of Photo SW Halfway pressing of Photo SW T rigger SW DC JACK detection PAE mode select SW VCR mode SW Camera mode SW T ape/Card SW S terminal detection 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 0002 0002 0002 0002 0002 0002 0002 0002 0001 0001 0001 0001 0000 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 3 2 1 0 7 CS 1 1 Function 01 01 ADDR DAT A BIT 000A 0007 4 3 REMARK
3-11
4-6-2 MODE MI-COM A/D Port

ST EP 87 NAME Batt A/D DESCRIPT ION Battery voltage Battery type 88 Batt Info A/D 1 02 0006 CS Function 1 02 ADDR 0007
00 33 Batt Not
AD DAT A00 FF Battery voltage value

34 65 BP -535 66 99 BP -522 9A CD CE FF BP -511 /512 BP -508
REMARK
89 90 91 92 93
A/D V A/D I KEY AD0 KEY AD1 KEY AD2
Charge voltage Charge current KEY A/D0 KEY A/D1 KEY A/D2
1 1 1 1 1
02 02 02 02 02
0005 0004 0003 0002 0001
Not observable Not observable 00 2BCARDMIX2C66 SELF 00 2BDE ON/OFF2C66 DE SEL 00 2BST OP 2C66 FF 67 A6 PLAY/PAUSE
95
KEY AD3
KEY A/D3
02
0000
00 2BREW 2C66 MENU 67 A6 MENU execution
4-6-3 FR MI-COM Input Port

ST EP 9 NAME EXT DET DESCRIPT ION External microphone detection (Audio. C) 107 338 268 214 AV DET USB DET REC PROOF CARD PRO AV jack detect USB Detect T ape recording inhibited Card recording inhibited 0 0 0 0 01 01 01 01 0004 0009 000A 000A 3 5 4 2 CS 0 Function 01 ADDR 0000 DAT A BIT 7 REMARK
4-6-4 FR MI-COM A/D Port

ST EP 339 48 NAME SHOE ID1 CASE IN DESCRIPT ION AA SHOE ID1 Cassette detection CS Function 0 0 02 02 ADDR 000E 000C Cassette inserted 000A Card inserted 0008 0007 T ELE side Intermediate WIDE side Open Cassette not inserted Card not inserted AD DAT A 00 FF REMARK
216
CARD DET
CARD detection
02
137 285
T EMD ZOOMKEY
Lens thermometer output Zoom key output
0 0
02 02
217 340 50 138 218 286 341
I ENC Y GYRO P GYRO DEW AD MSW AD T APE END T APE T OP
IRIS ENC output YAW side GYRO output PIT H side GYRO output DEW detection Mechanical position Ending detection Beginning detection
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
02 02 02 02 02 02 02
0006 0005 0004 0003 0002 0001 0000
Small diaphragm
3-12
5. Service Hints
5-1 Arrangement of Circuit Boards
The printed circuit boards are arranged as shown below.
OPERATION KEY
EJECT P.C.B. CCD P.C.B. CVF P.C.B.
DC P.C.B. JACK P.C.B.
R-KEY P.C.B.
MAIN P.C.B. CAC P.C.B. CARD P.C.B. D SW2 P.C.B.
LCD P.C.B.
Fig.3-12
3-13
5-2 Location of Main Elements
MAIN P.C.B.
IC103 RESET IC301 MOTOR DRIVE
IC100 MODE MI-COM
IC300 OPE AMP
FU1801 FU3205
IC102 BACKUP
FU3201 FU3202 FU3204 FU3203
IC2100 VIF2 IC2301 VIC3
IC3204 2.5V REGULATOR IC2000 VRP2 IC2300 FLASH
IC1802 OPE/AMP IC1102 MACS
IC1101 SDRAM
IC803 4V REGULATOR IC2302 SDRAM IC801 AUDIO INTERFACE
IC3203 4.7V REGULATOR
IC3202 2.7V REGULATOR
IC802 SP DRIVER
Fig. 3-13
3-14
CAC P.C.B.
IC1701 MOTOR DRIVE IC1002 TG/CDS/AGC/AD IC1001 V-DRIVER IC1202 IRIS DRIVE
IC1502 EEPROM
IC1501 EVF DRIVER
JACK P.C.B.
IC1601 P SENSOR GYRO
LCD P.C.B.
IC1602 Y SENSOR GYRO
IC903 LCD DRIVE
IC902 SERI/PARA CONVERTER
IC901 EEPROM
Fig. 3-14
3-15
5-3 Current Consumption Check

The following table shows the specified value of current consumption in each status. Measurement condition Preset voltage : Product status, camera auto mode(AF,IS OFF), LCD ON (Approx. 0.1A each smaller in case of CVF) : 7.4V
POWER SW CAMERA MODE REC PAUSE REC VCR STOP PLAY POWER OFF Current consumption (A) 0.46 0.51 0.45 0.54 0.3 (mA)
3-16
6. Trouble Shooting
To detect the failure part for repair, if any, use the following hints and check points.
6-1 Power Supply

<Hints>
When the power source is attached, the unit enters the standby mode in the following sequences. Main power is connected. UNREG is supplied to the MAIN P.C.B. MODE microcomputer starts up. MODE microcomputer outputs VCR ON H signal. PWM driver starts up and turns on each power supply. Establishes communication with the FR microcomputer. FR microcomputer initializes recorder mechanical chassis. After initialized, the MODE MI-COM is brought into the standby status with the VCR ON changed to VCR Low. After that, the power supply is turned ON by the following procedures. Power supply mode switch operation After MODE MI-COM is accepted, VCR ON H is output. The PWM driver is started to turn on various power supplies. The FR MI-COM is started to control the system.
<Check Points>
1) 2) Key Inputs Check the key inputs at Power Switch in the SERVICE mode. Check of microcomputer-to-microcomputer communication If the microcomputer-to-microcomputer communication line is normal, the version number of each microcomputer can be indicated in the service mode. Otherwise, the communication line or microcomputer may be faulty. 3) Error in Mechanism (P. 3-8) If any error is occurred by mechanism trouble at initializing, the error can be detected. At this state, the power can be turned on, but the unit enters ERROR STOP state. In this case, check the error data in the SERVICE mode. 4) 5) VCR ON H, CAM ON H (control signal from MODE microcomputer) Outputs Check the output of control signal by the LANC remote controller. Fuses on the POWER SUPPLY P.C.B. Check the continuity of the fuses FU3201, 3202, 3203, 3204, 3205 and 1801 on the MAIN P.C.B. In case of NG, replace the fuse and check the power consumption. Replace the MAIN P.C.B. with a service part and check the operation.
6)
3-17
6-2 Camera Picture Faulty

<Hints>
A flow of camera picture (EE) is as below. CCD CAC P.C.B. MAIN P.C.B. (MACS VIC3VIF2) JACK P.C.B.
<Check Points>
1) 2) 3) Check of lens reset (p.3-11) If no camera picture appears, check if the lens has been reset by means of the service mode. In case of NG, check the lens. Check of blue back output If the blue back is confirmed, the signal line subsequent to VIC3 is considered to be OK. Check of MACS generation signal (white 100% or color bar) (P.3-10) The white 100% or color bar signals are generated by the MACS on the MAIN P.C.B. In the service mode, if the output of the white 100% or color bar signal is attained, the signal line subsequent to MACS is considered to be OK. Check of CCD output The CCD output is sampled by IC1002 (TG/CDS/AGC/AD). Check the signal. Check by command particular to camera (p.3-10) Check the operation of White balance, AGC, IRIS, etc. in the service mode.
4) 5)
3-18
6-3 Faulty of Playback Picture

<Hints>
In the DV, degradation of picture quality normally appears on the screen as block noise. This is because, if an error occurs exceeding the ability of the error correction circuit, the block by block information of pictures is not played back properly and thus complemented by the previous picture information. Normally, such block noise appears on the screen when the error rate has considerably been degraded due to the degraded tape or the lowered head output, etc. Be sure to check the playback picture quality by the error rate.
<Check Points>
1) 2) Deterioration of Tape Quality Check if flaws, kinks, etc. are found on a magnetic face of tape or not, and compare it with the error rate of other unit. Error Rate (P. 3-7) In the service mode, check an error rate of self-recording/LP playback. The specified allowable error rate is 2 10-5. In case of NG, take the following procedure. (1) Observe a playback envelope. If it is abnormal, carry out tape-path adjustment. (2) Run a cleaning tape. Use the cleaning tape of hard type (DY9-1384-000).
[Playback time]
Hard cleaning tape (DY9-1384-000) : After replacement of the drum unit 25 seconds For cleaning 25 seconds per time, Up to three times
* When using hard-type cleaning tape, select the cleaning mode on the product main unit. (Refer to 4-3 - Cleaning Mode, p. 3-10.) (3) Check the error rate again. If the error rate is out of the specified range, clean the tape drive parts (posts, drum) using cleaning paper moistened with alcohol. * Take care not to damage the head. * Do not touch the head with bare hand. (4) Check the error rate again. If the error rate is out of the specified range, replace the tape with a new one and check the error rate again. At this step, use a tape (must be Panasonic LP tape) which has been purchased at a different time. The error rate may become worse due to inconsistent quality or aging of the tape. (5) Check the error rate again. If the error rate is out of the specified range, replace the drum unit. (6) Check the error rate again. If the error rate is out of the specified range, replace the mechanical unit.
3-19
6-4 Startup Window Setting

The startup window (user setting) contains a default image* at shipment from the factory. If any other image is written over the default image, it is deleted completely. So, be cautious in such cases as MAIN P.C.B. replacement.
* Default image (Image file : Contained in 7. Appendix.)
User Setting
3-20
7. Mechanical Error Applicability Table

The address data in the mechanical error applicability table varies depending on the version of the FR MI-COM. Check the MI-COM version, and refer to the mechanical error applicability table relevant to the MI-COM version.
Mechanical Error Applicability Table (for MAIN program version C204 in FR MI-COM)
Mecha Error Address 0A90E4 0A9268 0A9398 0A9476 0A95AA 0A9662 0A97EE 0A9990 0A9E70
0A9F5E
Label MechaLMOEmerg ResetMechaGAP ResetMechaSTOP ResetMechaPLAY ResetMechaPOPUP ResetMechaLD1 ResetMechaLD2 ResetMecha0020 MechaDoneToEjectEmerg
MechaStopEmergToEjectEmerg0010
Sequence Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW Loading error being stopped At P. ON, mechanical reset At P. ON, mechanical reset At P. ON, mechanical reset At P. ON, mechanical reset At P. ON, mechanical reset At P. ON, mechanical reset At P. ON, changeover to mechanical reset end Error EJECT
Error EJECT
G G G -
G G G G G G G G G G G -
G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G -
0AA07A 0AA146 0AA1C0 0AA26A 0AA500 0AA94A 0AAAC6 0AACD6 0AAE32 0AAF06 0AAF98 0AB05A 0AB11C 0AB1D4 0AB29C 0AB71A 0AB7EA 0ABD36 0ABF0A 0AC0B6 0AC17E 0AC3E4 0AC472 0AC4CE 0AC516 0AC658 0AC6E0 0AC83A 0AC9AC 0ACA16 0ACE8A 0AD05E 0AD102
MechaStopEmergToEjectEmerg0020 MechaStopEmergToEjectEmerg0100 MechaStopEmergToEjectEmerg0200 MechaStopEmergToEjectEmerg0210 MechaDoneToEject MechaStopToEject0020 MechaStopToEject0030 MechaStopToEject0040 MechaStopToEject0050 MechaStopToEject0060 MechaStopToEjectNoCas0010 MechaStopToEjectNoCas0020 MechaStopToEjectNoCas0030 MechaStopToEjectNoCas0040 MechaStopToEjectNoCas0050 MechaStopLoop MechaEjectToStop MechaEjectToStop0020 MechaEjectToStop0030 MechaEjectToStop0200 MechaEjectToStop0210 MechaEjectToStop0100 MechaEjectToStop0110 MechaEjectToStop0111 MechaEjectToStop0120 MechaEjectToStop0124 MechaEjectToStop0128 MechaEjectToStop0130 MechaEjectToStop0132 MechaEjectToStop0133 MechaEjectToStop0136 MechaEjectToStop0137 MechaEjectToStop0138
Error EJECT Error EJECT Error EJECT Error EJECT Error EJECT EJECT (Tape inserted) EJECT (Tape inserted) EJECT (Tape inserted) EJECT (Tape inserted) EJECT (Tape inserted) EJECT (Tape not inserted) EJECT (Tape not inserted) EJECT (Tape not inserted) EJECT (Tape not inserted) EJECT (Tape not inserted) Stop Tape loading start Tape being loaded (Tape inserted) Tape being loaded (Tape inserted) Tape being loaded (Tape not inserted) Tape being loaded (Tape not inserted) Tape being loaded (Tape inserted) Blank search start Tape loading end (Tape inserted) Blank search start Blank search start Blank search start Blank being searched Changeover to blank search end Changeover to blank search end Changeover to blank search end Changeover to blank search end Changeover to blank search end
G G G -
8Dh 8Dh -
8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh
G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G
3-21
Mecha Error Address 0AD172 0AD218 0AD3C4 0AD4C2 0AD6EE 0ADA2E 0ADD9C 0ADEB0 0AE274 0AE5C6 0AE64A 0AEB0C 0AEC04 0AEC6C 0AEEA0 0AF146 0AF1F4 0AF2C6 0AF372 0AF3FE 0AF62A 0AF6D8 0AF7AA 0AF856 0AF902 0AFC12 0AFC8E 0B000A 0B0090 0B01B2 0B0338 0B052C 0B058A 0B0702 0B0860 0B08D2 0B0B2A 0B0D08 0B0FFE 0B115E 0B141E 0B14B0 0B15DC 0B1716 0B17F0 0B1880 0B1B40 0B1D20 Label MechaEjectToStop0139 MechaEjectToStop0140 MechaEjectToStop0180 MechaFFToStop MechaRewToStop MechaRecPauseToStop MechaPlayToStop MechaStillToStop MechaXToEnd MechaXToEnd0010 MechaXToEnd0020 MechaXToEnd0030 MechaTopLoop MechaXToTop MechaXToTop0020 MechaFFLoop MechaFFSlowToFF MechaFFToFFSlow MechaHSCueToFFSlow MechaStopToFFSlow MechaRewLoop MechaRewSlowToRew MechaRewToRewSlow MechaHSRevToRewSlow MechaStopToRewSlow MechaRecLoop MechaRecPauseToRec MechaRecPauseToRec0010 MechaRecPauseToRec0012 MechaRecPauseToRec0015 MechaRecPauseToRec0020 MechaRecPauseLoop MechaStopToRecPause MechaStopToRecPause0010 MechaESFStillToRecPause MechaESRStillToRecPause RecEndingSequence RecEndingSequence0010 RecEndingSequence0030 RecEndingSequence0050 MechaPlayLoop MechaStopToPlay MechaStopTopToPlay MechaStopTopToPlay0010 MechaStopTopToPlay0020 MechaStillFwdToPlay MechaFwd1xToPlay MechaFwd1xLoop Sequence Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW Changeover to blank search end Changeover to blank search end Changeover to blank search end Changeover : FF STOP Changeover : REW STOP Changeover : Rec Pause STOP Changeover : PLAY STOP Changeover : Still STOP Start of processing at end of tape Processing at end of tape Processing at end of tape Processing at end of tape Processing at beginning of tape Start of processing at beginning of tape Processing at beginning of tape FF Changeover : FF 9.5 30 Changeover : FF 30 9.5 Changeover : CUE FF Changeover : STOP FF REW Changeover : REW 9.5 30 Changeover : REW 30 9.5 Changeover : REV REW 9.5 Changeover : STOP REW Rec Rec start Changeover to Rec start Changeover to Rec start Changeover to Rec start Changeover to Rec start Rec PAUSE Changeover : STOP REC Changeover : STOP REC Changeover to Rec search FWD end Changeover to Rec search RVS end Changeover to Rec end Changeover to Rec end Changeover to Rec end Changeover to Rec end PLAY Changeover : STOP PLAY Changeover : STOP PLAY Changeover : STOP PLAY Changeover : STOP PLAY Changeover : Still PLAY Capstan 1 being rotated Capstan 1 being rotated G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G 8Dh CEh CEh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh G CEh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G
3-22
Mecha Error Address 0B1DBC 0B1E1E 0B2022 0B22A8 0B24F0 0B25B0 0B294E 0B29B4 0B2A18 0B2BDE 0B2E06 0B2EC6 0B30E4 0B314A 0B31DA 0B32FA 0B3360 0B33C4 0B34CE 0B3534 0B35FE 0B3664 0B38D0 0B3936 0B3B5C 0B3BC2 0B3C8E 0B3CF4 0B3F68 0B3FCE 0B42DA 0B431A 0B448A 0B44EC 0B45C8 0B4640 0B476C 0B47AC 0B4888 0B48F4 0B4954 0B4A0E 0B4A94 0B4BA6 0B4C2C 0B4E1E 0B51F4 0B5634 Label MechaPlayToFwd1x MechaFwd2xToFwd1x MechaStillFwdToFwd1x MechaStillRvsToFwd1x MechaStillRvsToFwd1x0010 MechaStillRvsToFwd1x0020 MechaRvs1xLoop MechaRvs2xToRvs1x MechaStillRvsToRvs1x MechaStillFwdToRvs1x MechaStillFwdToRvs1x0010 MechaStillFwdToRvs1x0020 MechaFwd2xLoop MechaFwd1xToFwd2x MechaCueToFwd2x MechaRvs2xLoop MechaRvs1xToRvs2x MechaRevToRvs2x MechaCueLoop MechaFwd2xToCue MechaHSCueLoop MechaFFToHSCue MechaLCueLoop MechaFFToLCue MechaReviewLoop MechaRvs2xToRev MechaHSReviewLoop MechaRewToHSReview MechaLReviewLoop MechaRewToLReview MechaStillFwdLoop MechaPlayToStillFwd MechaPlayToStillFwd0025 MechaStillRvsToStillFwd MechaStillRvsToStillFwd0010 MechaFrameFwdToStillFwd MechaStillRvsLoop MechaStillFwdToStillRvs MechaStillFwdToStillRvs0010 MechaFrameRvsToStillRvs MechaSlowRvsToStillRvs MechaStillFwdToFrameFwd MechaFrameFwd0000 MechaStillRvsToFrameRvs MechaFrameRvs0000 MechaSlow10Fwd0000 MechaStillFwdToSlow10Fwd MechaSlow10Rvs0000 PLAY Changeover : capstan 2 1 Changeover : Still capstan 1 Changeover : Still capstan 1 Changeover : Still capstan 1 Changeover : Still capstan 1 Capstan 1 being rotated Changeover : capstan 2 1 Changeover : Still capstan 1 Changeover : Still capstan 1 Changeover : Still capstan 1 Changeover : Still capstan 1 Capstan 2 being rotated Changeover : capstan 1 2 rotation CUE end Capstan 2 being rotated Changeover : capstan 1 2 Changeover to REV end CUE Changeover to CUE CUE Changeover : FF CUE CUE Changeover : FF CUE REV Changeover to REV start REV Changeover : REW REV REV Changeover : REW REV Still Changeover : PLAY Still Changeover : PLAY Still Changeover : Still RVS Still FWD Changeover : Still RVS Still FWD Changeover : Forward fame feed Still RVS Still Changeover : Still FWD Still RVS Changeover : Still FWD Still RVS Changeover : Reverse frame feed Still Changeover : 1/10 slow RVS Still Changeover to forward frame feed start Forward frame feed Changeover to reverse frame feed start Reverse frame feed 1/10 slow FWD Changeover : Still 1/10 slow FWD 1/10 slow RVS Sequence Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW G G G G G G G G G G G 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G
3-23
Mecha Error Address 0B5A0A 0B5E48 0B5EAE 0B6110 0B6176 0B6398 0B63D0 0B651C 0B65E0 0B6618 0B674A 0B67FE 0B6836 0B6C7C 0B6CB4 0B6E2C 0B6EF2 0B7128 0B7160 0B74C6 0B762A 0B7AA2 0B7B08 0B7C4E Label MechaStillRvsToSlow10Rvs MechaShuttleFwdLoop MechaStillFwdToShuttleFwd MechaShuttleRvsLoop MechaStillRvsToShuttleRvs MechaSEFStillLoop MechaShuttleFwdToSEFStill MechaShuttleFwdToSEFStill0025 MechaSERStillLoop MechaShuttleRvsToSERStill MechaShuttleRvsToSERStill0020 MechaEdPauseRvsLoop MechaRecPauseToEdPauseRvs MechaRReviewRvsLoop MechaEdPauseRvsToRRRvs MechaEdPauseRvsToRRRvs0012 MechaEdPauseRvsToRRRvs0015 MechaRReviewFwdLoop MechaRRRvsToRRFwd MechaRRRvsToRRFwd0031 MechaRRRvsToRRFwd0035 MechaEdSearchFwdLoop MechaRecPauseToEdSearchFwd MechaESFStillToEdSrchFwd Sequence Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW Changeover : Still 1/10 slow RVS Edit search FWD Changeover : Still Edit search FWD Edit search RVS Changeover : Still Edit search RVS Edit search FWD still Edit search FWD Edit search FWD still Edit search FWD Edit search FWD still Edit search RVS still Edit search RVS Edit search RVS still Edit search RVS Edit search RVS still Changeover to Rec REW (RVS FWD) Rec search RVS start Changeover to Rec REW Rec REW (RVS) start Rec search RVS (RVS) Changeover to Rec search RVS (RVS) end Changeover to REC REW Changeover to REC REW Changeover to REC REW Changeover to REC REW Rec search FWD Rec search FWD start Changeover : Rec search FWD Rec search FWD 0B7D82 MechaESRStillToESF Changeover : Rec search RVS Rec search FWD 0B82DA 0B8340 0B8436 MechaEdSearchRvsLoop MechaEPRToEdSearchRvs MechaESFStillToESR Rec search RVS Rec search RVS start Changeover : Rec search FWD Rec search RVS 0B8792 0B87CA 0B897A 0B89B2 0B8DA6 0B8FBE 0B907E 0B9156 0B91AA 0B925A 0B939A 0B9560 0B95CC 0B9688 0B9746 0B98E0 0B9AF4 MechaESFStillLoop MechaEdSearchFwdToESFStill MechaESRStillLoop MechaESRToESRStill MechaRStillToPhotoSearchFwd MechaPhotoSearchFwd0000 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0030 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0070 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0090 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0100 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0110 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0120 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0130 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0570 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0580 MechaFStillToPhotoSearchRvs MechaPhotoSearchRvs0000 Changeover to Rec search FWD end Changeover to Rec search FWD end Changeover to Rec search RVS end Changeover to Rec search RVS end Photo search FWD start Photo search FWD start Photo search FWD start Photo search FWD start Photo search FWD Changeover to photo search FWD end Changeover to photo search FWD end Changeover to photo search FWD end Changeover to photo search FWD end Changeover to photo search FWD end Photo search FWD end Changeover: Still photo search RVS start Photo search RVS start G G G G G G 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh G G G G G G G G G G G G 8Dh CEh G G G G G G G G G G G G G G 8Dh CEh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G
3-24
Mecha Error Address 0B9BC0 0B9C34 0B9CD0 0B9D30 0B9D92 0B9E40 0B9FAA 0BA268 0BA2D4 0BA3B8 0BA476 0BA58C 0BA692 0BA9BE 0BAC4A 0BAD0A 0BAF18 0BB0EE 0BB2A4 0BB550 0BB610 0BB8B4 0BB946 0BBB52 0BBD2C 0BBF80 0BC15C 0BC1DA 0BC2EA 0BC3E8 0BC488 0BC756 0BC8FC 0BC970 0BCA84 0BCB34 0BCBEE 0BCCE4 0BCD1C 0BD0A6 0BD0FE 0BD516 0BD602 0BD676 0BD7C2 0BD7F0 0BD8A6 0BD914 Label MechaPhotoSearchRvs0030 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0040 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0070 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0075 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0080 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0100 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0110 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0120 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0130 MechaPhotoSearchRvs1080 MechaPhotoSearchRvs1090 MechaDsearchFwd1000 MechaDsearchFwd1010 MechaDsearchFwd1020 MechaDsearchFwd1030 MechaDsearchFwd1040 MechaDsearchFwd1050 MechaDsearchFwd1065 MechaDsearchFwd1080 MechaDsearchFwd1090 MechaDsearchFwd1100 MechaDsearchFwd1200 MechaDsearchFwd1210 MechaDsearchRvs1000 MechaATNFwd0010 MechaATNFwd0020 MechaATNFwd0035 MechaATNFwd0040 MechaATNFwd0050 MechaATNFwd0060 MechaATNRvs0010 MechaATNRvs0020 MechaATNRvs0035 MechaATNRvs0040 MechaATNRvs0050 MechaATNRvs0055 MechaATNRvs0060 MechaAIPauseLoop MechaStillToAIPause MechaStillToAIPause0010 MechaAInsertToAIPause MechaAInsertToAIPause0010 MechaAInsertLoop MechaAIPauseToAInsert MechaAVINSLoop MechaRecPauseToAVINS MechaAVINSPauseToAVINS0010 MechaAVINSPauseToAVINS0020 Sequence Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW Photo search RVS start Photo search RVS start Photo search RVS start Photo search RVS start Photo search RVS Changeover to photo search RVS end Changeover to photo search RVS end Changeover to photo search RVS end Changeover to photo search RVS end Changeover to photo search RVS end Photo search RVS end Date search FWD Changeover to date search FWD end Changeover to date search FWD end Changeover to date search FWD end Changeover to date search FWD end Changeover to date search FWD end Changeover to date search FWD/RVS end Changeover to date search FWD/RVS end Changeover to date search FWD/RVS end Changeover to date search FWD/RVS end Changeover to date search FWD end Changeover to date search RVS end Date search FWD ATN search FWD start ATN search FWD Changeover to ATN search FWD end Changeover to ATN search FWD end Changeover to ATN search FWD end ATN search FWD end ATN search RVS start ATN search RVS Changeover to ATN search RVS end Changeover to ATN search RVS end Changeover to ATN search RVS end Changeover to ATN search RVS end ATN search RVS end Dubbing pause Changeover: Still Audio dubbing pause Changeover: Still Audio dubbing pause Changeover to audio dubbing end Dubbing end Dubbing Dubbing start AV insert AV insert start Changeover to AV insert start AV insert start G G G G G G G G G G G G G G 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh CEh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh CEh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh CEh CEh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh CEh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G
3-25
Mecha Error Address 0BDA60 0BDAAE 0BDAE6 0BDF48 0BDFE8 0BE088 0BE2F6 0BE3B8 0BE522 0BE592 0BE65E 0BE76A 0BE9D2 0BEA94 0BEBFE 0BEC6E 0BED3A 0BEE46 0BEF28 0BF73A 0C1646 0C16C0 0C170E 0C1758 0C17D4 0C1822 0C24E4 0C25B0 Label MechaRecPauseToAVIPause MechaAVIPauseLoop MechaAVInsertToAVIPause ABSFwdSlw ABSRvsSlw TurnRvsToFwd TurnRvsToFwd0010 TurnRvsToFwd0020 TurnRvsToFwd0030 TurnRvsToFwd0040 TurnRvsToFwd0060 TurnFwdToRvs TurnFwdToRvs0010 TurnFwdToRvs0020 TurnFwdToRvs0030 TurnFwdToRvs0040 TurnFwdToRvs0060 RepeatFrameFwd RepeatFrameRvs MechaErrorStop MechaStillFwdToNewFSlow5 MechaNewFSlow5Loop MechaNewFSlow5ToFStill MechaStillRvsToNewRSlow5 MechaNewRSlow5Loop MechaNewRSlow5ToRStill MechaRecReady MechaRecReady0010 Sequence Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW Changeover to AV insert pause AV insert pause AV insert end Forward frame feed Reverse frame feed Changeover: Still RVS Still FWS Changeover: Still RVS Still FWS Changeover: Still RVS Still FWS Changeover: Still RVS Still FWS Changeover: Still RVS Still FWS Changeover: Still RVS Still FWS Changeover: Still FWS Still RVS Changeover: Still FWS Still RVS Changeover: Still FWS Still RVS Changeover: Still FWS Still RVS Changeover: Still FWS Still RVS Changeover: Still FWS Still RVS Forward frame feed Reverse frame feed Mechanical error recovery (error stop) Changeover: Still Slow FWD Slow FWD Changeover: Slow FWD Still Changeover: Still Slow RVS Slow RVS Changeover: Slow RVS Still Changeover to Rec pause Changeover to Rec pause G G G G G G G G G G 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G
3-26
Mechanical Error Applicability Table (for MAIN program version 1224 in FR MI-COM)
Mecha Error Address 0A9130 0A92B4 0A93E4 0A94C2 0A95F6 0A96AE 0A983A 0A99DC 0A9EBC 0A9FAA 0AA0C6 0AA192 0AA20C 0AA2B6 0AA54C 0AA996 0AAB12 0AAD22 0AAE7E 0AAF52 0AAFE4 0AB0A6 0AB168 0AB220 0AB2E8 0AB766 0AB836 0ABD82 0ABF56 0AC102 0AC1CA 0AC430 0AC4BE 0AC51A 0AC562 0AC6A4 0AC72C 0AC886 0AC9F8 0ACA62 0ACED6 0AD0AA 0AD14E 0AD1BE 0AD264 0AD410 0AD50E Label MechaLMOEmerg ResetMechaGAP ResetMechaSTOP ResetMechaPLAY ResetMechaPOPUP ResetMechaLD1 ResetMechaLD2 ResetMecha0020 MechaDoneToEjectEmerg MechaStopEmergToEjectEmerg0010 MechaStopEmergToEjectEmerg0020 MechaStopEmergToEjectEmerg0100 MechaStopEmergToEjectEmerg0200 MechaStopEmergToEjectEmerg0210 MechaDoneToEject MechaStopToEject0020 MechaStopToEject0030 MechaStopToEject0040 MechaStopToEject0050 MechaStopToEject0060 MechaStopToEjectNoCas0010 MechaStopToEjectNoCas0020 MechaStopToEjectNoCas0030 MechaStopToEjectNoCas0040 MechaStopToEjectNoCas0050 MechaStopLoop MechaEjectToStop MechaEjectToStop0020 MechaEjectToStop0030 MechaEjectToStop0200 MechaEjectToStop0210 MechaEjectToStop0100 MechaEjectToStop0110 MechaEjectToStop0111 MechaEjectToStop0120 MechaEjectToStop0124 MechaEjectToStop0128 MechaEjectToStop0130 MechaEjectToStop0132 MechaEjectToStop0133 MechaEjectToStop0136 MechaEjectToStop0137 MechaEjectToStop0138 MechaEjectToStop0139 MechaEjectToStop0140 MechaEjectToStop0180 MechaFFToStop Sequence Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW Loading error being stopped At P. ON, mechanical reset At P. ON, mechanical reset At P. ON, mechanical reset At P. ON, mechanical reset At P. ON, mechanical reset At P. ON, mechanical reset At P. ON, changeover to mechanical reset end Error EJECT Error EJECT Error EJECT Error EJECT Error EJECT Error EJECT Error EJECT EJECT (Tape inserted) EJECT (Tape inserted) EJECT (Tape inserted) EJECT (Tape inserted) EJECT (Tape inserted) EJECT (Tape not inserted) EJECT (Tape not inserted) EJECT (Tape not inserted) EJECT (Tape not inserted) EJECT (Tape not inserted) Stop Tape loading start Tape being loaded (Tape inserted) Tape being loaded (Tape inserted) Tape being loaded (Tape not inserted) Tape being loaded (Tape not inserted) Tape being loaded (Tape inserted) Blank search start Tape loading end (Tape inserted) Blank search start Blank search start Blank search start Blank being searched Changeover to blank search end Changeover to blank search end Changeover to blank search end Changeover to blank search end Changeover to blank search end Changeover to blank search end Changeover to blank search end Changeover to blank search end Changeover : FF STOP G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G
3-27
Mecha Error Address 0AD73A 0ADA7A 0ADDE8 0ADEFC 0AE2C0 0AE612 0AE696 0AEB58 0AEC50 0AECB8 0AEEEC 0AF192 0AF240 0AF312 0AF3BE 0AF44A 0AF676 0AF724 0AF7F6 0AF8A2 0AF94E 0AFC5E 0AFCDA 0B0056 0B00DC 0B01FE 0B0384 0B0578 0B05D6 0B074E 0B08AC 0B091E 0B0B76 0B0D54 0B104A 0B11AA 0B146A 0B14FC 0B1628 0B1762 0B183C 0B18CC 0B1B8C 0B1D6C 0B1E08 0B1E6A 0B206E 0B22F4 Label MechaRewToStop MechaRecPauseToStop MechaPlayToStop MechaStillToStop MechaXToEnd MechaXToEnd0010 MechaXToEnd0020 MechaXToEnd0030 MechaTopLoop MechaXToTop MechaXToTop0020 MechaFFLoop MechaFFSlowToFF MechaFFToFFSlow MechaHSCueToFFSlow MechaStopToFFSlow MechaRewLoop MechaRewSlowToRew MechaRewToRewSlow MechaHSRevToRewSlow MechaStopToRewSlow MechaRecLoop MechaRecPauseToRec MechaRecPauseToRec0010 MechaRecPauseToRec0012 MechaRecPauseToRec0015 MechaRecPauseToRec0020 MechaRecPauseLoop MechaStopToRecPause MechaStopToRecPause0010 MechaESFStillToRecPause MechaESRStillToRecPause RecEndingSequence RecEndingSequence0010 RecEndingSequence0030 RecEndingSequence0050 MechaPlayLoop MechaStopToPlay MechaStopTopToPlay MechaStopTopToPlay0010 MechaStopTopToPlay0020 MechaStillFwdToPlay MechaFwd1xToPlay MechaFwd1xLoop MechaPlayToFwd1x MechaFwd2xToFwd1x MechaStillFwdToFwd1x MechaStillRvsToFwd1x Sequence Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW Changeover : REW STOP Changeover : Rec Pause STOP Changeover : PLAY STOP Changeover : Still STOP Start of processing at end of tape Processing at end of tape Processing at end of tape Processing at end of tape Processing at beginning of tape Start of processing at beginning of tape Processing at beginning of tape FF Changeover : FF 9.5 30 Changeover : FF 30 9.5 Changeover : CUE FF Changeover : STOP FF REW Changeover : REW 9.5 30 Changeover : REW 30 9.5 Changeover : REV REW 9.5 Changeover : STOP REW Rec Rec start Changeover to Rec start Changeover to Rec start Changeover to Rec start Changeover to Rec start Rec PAUSE Changeover : STOP REC Changeover : STOP REC Changeover to Rec search FWD end Changeover to Rec search RVS end Changeover to Rec end Changeover to Rec end Changeover to Rec end Changeover to Rec end PLAY Changeover : STOP PLAY Changeover : STOP PLAY Changeover : STOP PLAY Changeover : STOP PLAY Changeover : Still PLAY Capstan 1 being rotated Capstan 1 being rotated PLAY Changeover : capstan 2 1 Changeover : Still capstan 1 Changeover : Still capstan 1 G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G 8Dh CEh CEh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh G CEh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G
3-28
Mecha Error Address 0B253C 0B25FC 0B299A 0B2A00 0B2A64 0B2C2A 0B2E52 0B2F12 0B3130 0B3196 0B3226 0B3346 0B33AC 0B3410 0B351A 0B3580 0B364A 0B36B0 0B391C 0B3982 0B3BA8 0B3C0E 0B3CDA 0B3D40 0B3FB4 0B401A 0B4326 0B4366 0B44D6 0B4538 0B4614 0B468C 0B47B8 0B47F8 0B48D4 0B4940 0B49A0 0B4A5A 0B4AE0 0B4BF2 0B4C78 0B4E6A 0B5240 0B5680 0B5A56 0B5E94 0B5EFA 0B615C Label MechaStillRvsToFwd1x0010 MechaStillRvsToFwd1x0020 MechaRvs1xLoop MechaRvs2xToRvs1x MechaStillRvsToRvs1x MechaStillFwdToRvs1x MechaStillFwdToRvs1x0010 MechaStillFwdToRvs1x0020 MechaFwd2xLoop MechaFwd1xToFwd2x MechaCueToFwd2x MechaRvs2xLoop MechaRvs1xToRvs2x MechaRevToRvs2x MechaCueLoop MechaFwd2xToCue MechaHSCueLoop MechaFFToHSCue MechaLCueLoop MechaFFToLCue MechaReviewLoop MechaRvs2xToRev MechaHSReviewLoop MechaRewToHSReview MechaLReviewLoop MechaRewToLReview MechaStillFwdLoop MechaPlayToStillFwd MechaPlayToStillFwd0025 MechaStillRvsToStillFwd MechaStillRvsToStillFwd0010 MechaFrameFwdToStillFwd MechaStillRvsLoop MechaStillFwdToStillRvs MechaStillFwdToStillRvs0010 MechaFrameRvsToStillRvs MechaSlowRvsToStillRvs MechaStillFwdToFrameFwd MechaFrameFwd0000 MechaStillRvsToFrameRvs MechaFrameRvs0000 MechaSlow10Fwd0000 MechaStillFwdToSlow10Fwd MechaSlow10Rvs0000 MechaStillRvsToSlow10Rvs MechaShuttleFwdLoop MechaStillFwdToShuttleFwd MechaShuttleRvsLoop Sequence Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW Changeover : Still capstan 1 Changeover : Still capstan 1 Capstan 1 being rotated Changeover : capstan 2 1 Changeover : Still capstan 1 Changeover : Still capstan 1 Changeover : Still capstan 1 Changeover : Still capstan 1 Capstan 2 being rotated Changeover : capstan 1 2 rotation CUE end Capstan 2 being rotated Changeover : capstan 1 2 Changeover to REV end CUE Changeover to CUE CUE Changeover : FF CUE CUE Changeover : FF CUE REV Changeover to REV start REV Changeover : REW REV REV Changeover : REW REV Still Changeover : PLAY Still Changeover : PLAY Still Changeover : Still RVS Still FWD Changeover : Still RVS Still FWD Changeover : Forward fame feed Still RVS Still Changeover : Still FWD Still RVS Changeover : Still FWD Still RVS Changeover : Reverse frame feed Still Changeover : 1/10 slow RVS Still Changeover to forward frame feed start Forward frame feed Changeover to reverse frame feed start Reverse frame feed 1/10 slow FWD Changeover : Still 1/10 slow FWD 1/10 slow RVS Changeover : Still 1/10 slow RVS Edit search FWD Changeover : Still Edit search FWD Edit search RVS G G G G G G G G G G G 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G
3-29
Mecha Error Address 0B61C2 0B63E4 0B641C 0B6568 0B662C 0B6664 0B6796 0B684A 0B6882 0B6CC8 0B6D00 0B6E78 0B6F3E 0B7174 0B71AC 0B7512 0B7676 0B7AEE 0B7B54 0B7C9A Label MechaStillRvsToShuttleRvs MechaSEFStillLoop MechaShuttleFwdToSEFStill MechaShuttleFwdToSEFStill0025 MechaSERStillLoop MechaShuttleRvsToSERStill MechaShuttleRvsToSERStill0020 MechaEdPauseRvsLoop MechaRecPauseToEdPauseRvs MechaRReviewRvsLoop MechaEdPauseRvsToRRRvs MechaEdPauseRvsToRRRvs0012 MechaEdPauseRvsToRRRvs0015 MechaRReviewFwdLoop MechaRRRvsToRRFwd MechaRRRvsToRRFwd0031 MechaRRRvsToRRFwd0035 MechaEdSearchFwdLoop MechaRecPauseToEdSearchFwd MechaESFStillToEdSrchFwd Sequence Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW Changeover : Still Edit search RVS Edit search FWD still Edit search FWD Edit search FWD still Edit search FWD Edit search FWD still Edit search RVS still Edit search RVS Edit search RVS still Edit search RVS Edit search RVS still Changeover to Rec REW (RVS FWD) Rec search RVS start Changeover to Rec REW Rec REW (RVS) start Rec search RVS (RVS) Changeover to Rec search RVS (RVS) end Changeover to REC REW Changeover to REC REW Changeover to REC REW Changeover to REC REW Rec search FWD Rec search FWD start Changeover : Rec search FWD Rec search FWD 0B7DCE MechaESRStillToESF Changeover : Rec search RVS Rec search FWD 0B8326 0B838C 0B8482 MechaEdSearchRvsLoop MechaEPRToEdSearchRvs MechaESFStillToESR Rec search RVS Rec search RVS start Changeover : Rec search FWD Rec search RVS 0B87DE 0B8816 0B89C6 0B89FE 0B8DF2 0B900A 0B90CA 0B91A2 0B91F6 0B92A6 0B93E6 0B95AC 0B9618 0B96D4 0B9792 0B992C 0B9B40 0B9C0C 0B9C80 0B9D1C 0B9D7C MechaESFStillLoop MechaEdSearchFwdToESFStill MechaESRStillLoop MechaESRToESRStill MechaRStillToPhotoSearchFwd MechaPhotoSearchFwd0000 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0030 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0070 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0090 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0100 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0110 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0120 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0130 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0570 MechaPhotoSearchFwd0580 MechaFStillToPhotoSearchRvs MechaPhotoSearchRvs0000 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0030 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0040 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0070 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0075 Changeover to Rec search FWD end Changeover to Rec search FWD end Changeover to Rec search RVS end Changeover to Rec search RVS end Photo search FWD start Photo search FWD start Photo search FWD start Photo search FWD start Photo search FWD Changeover to photo search FWD end Changeover to photo search FWD end Changeover to photo search FWD end Changeover to photo search FWD end Changeover to photo search FWD end Photo search FWD end Changeover: Still photo search RVS start Photo search RVS start Photo search RVS start Photo search RVS start Photo search RVS start Photo search RVS start G G G G G G G 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G 8Dh CEh G G G G G G G G G G G G CEh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh G G G G G G G G G G G
3-30
Mecha Error Address 0B9DDE 0B9E8C 0B9FF6 0BA2B4 0BA320 0BA404 0BA4C2 0BA5D8 0BA6DE 0BAA0A 0BAC96 0BAD56 0BAF64 0BB13A 0BB2F0 0BB59C 0BB65C 0BB900 0BB992 0BBB9E 0BBD78 0BBFCC 0BC1A8 0BC226 0BC336 0BC434 0BC4D4 0BC7A2 0BC948 0BC9BC 0BCAD0 0BCB80 0BCC3A 0BCD30 0BCD68 0BD0F2 0BD14A 0BD562 0BD64E 0BD6C2 0BD80E 0BD83C 0BD8F2 0BD960 0BDAAC 0BDAFA 0BDB32 0BDF94 Label MechaPhotoSearchRvs0080 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0100 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0110 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0120 MechaPhotoSearchRvs0130 MechaPhotoSearchRvs1080 MechaPhotoSearchRvs1090 MechaDsearchFwd1000 MechaDsearchFwd1010 MechaDsearchFwd1020 MechaDsearchFwd1030 MechaDsearchFwd1040 MechaDsearchFwd1050 MechaDsearchFwd1065 MechaDsearchFwd1080 MechaDsearchFwd1090 MechaDsearchFwd1100 MechaDsearchFwd1200 MechaDsearchFwd1210 MechaDsearchRvs1000 MechaATNFwd0010 MechaATNFwd0020 MechaATNFwd0035 MechaATNFwd0040 MechaATNFwd0050 MechaATNFwd0060 MechaATNRvs0010 MechaATNRvs0020 MechaATNRvs0035 MechaATNRvs0040 MechaATNRvs0050 MechaATNRvs0055 MechaATNRvs0060 MechaAIPauseLoop MechaStillToAIPause MechaStillToAIPause0010 MechaAInsertToAIPause MechaAInsertToAIPause0010 MechaAInsertLoop MechaAIPauseToAInsert MechaAVINSLoop MechaRecPauseToAVINS MechaAVINSPauseToAVINS0010 MechaAVINSPauseToAVINS0020 MechaRecPauseToAVIPause MechaAVIPauseLoop MechaAVInsertToAVIPause ABSFwdSlw Photo search RVS Changeover to photo search RVS end Changeover to photo search RVS end Changeover to photo search RVS end Changeover to photo search RVS end Changeover to photo search RVS end Photo search RVS end Date search FWD Changeover to date search FWD end Changeover to date search FWD end Changeover to date search FWD end Changeover to date search FWD end Changeover to date search FWD end Changeover to date search FWD/RVS end Changeover to date search FWD/RVS end Changeover to date search FWD/RVS end Changeover to date search FWD/RVS end Changeover to date search FWD end Changeover to date search RVS end Date search FWD ATN search FWD start ATN search FWD Changeover to ATN search FWD end Changeover to ATN search FWD end Changeover to ATN search FWD end ATN search FWD end ATN search RVS start ATN search RVS Changeover to ATN search RVS end Changeover to ATN search RVS end Changeover to ATN search RVS end Changeover to ATN search RVS end ATN search RVS end Dubbing pause Changeover: Still Audio dubbing pause Changeover: Still Audio dubbing pause Changeover to audio dubbing end Dubbing end Dubbing Dubbing start AV insert AV insert start Changeover to AV insert start AV insert start Changeover to AV insert pause AV insert pause AV insert end Forward frame feed Sequence Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW G G G G G G G G G G G G G G 8Dh 8Dh CEh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh CEh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh CEh CEh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh CEh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G
3-31
Mecha Error Address 0BE034 0BE0D4 0BE342 0BE404 0BE56E 0BE5DE 0BE6AA 0BE7B6 0BEA1E 0BEAE0 0BEC4A 0BECBA 0BED86 0BEE92 0BEF74 0BF786 0C16D4 0C174E 0C179C 0C17E6 0C1862 0C18B0 0C2572 0C263E ABSRvsSlw TurnRvsToFwd TurnRvsToFwd0010 TurnRvsToFwd0020 TurnRvsToFwd0030 TurnRvsToFwd0040 TurnRvsToFwd0060 TurnFwdToRvs TurnFwdToRvs0010 TurnFwdToRvs0020 TurnFwdToRvs0030 TurnFwdToRvs0040 TurnFwdToRvs0060 RepeatFrameFwd RepeatFrameRvs MechaErrorStop MechaStillFwdToNewFSlow5 MechaNewFSlow5Loop MechaNewFSlow5ToFStill MechaStillRvsToNewRSlow5 MechaNewRSlow5Loop MechaNewRSlow5ToRStill MechaRecReady MechaRecReady0010 Label Sequence Drum Caps SReel TReel Loading DEW Reverse frame feed Changeover: Still RVS Still FWS Changeover: Still RVS Still FWS Changeover: Still RVS Still FWS Changeover: Still RVS Still FWS Changeover: Still RVS Still FWS Changeover: Still RVS Still FWS Changeover: Still FWS Still RVS Changeover: Still FWS Still RVS Changeover: Still FWS Still RVS Changeover: Still FWS Still RVS Changeover: Still FWS Still RVS Changeover: Still FWS Still RVS Forward frame feed Reverse frame feed Mechanical error recovery (error stop) Changeover: Still Slow FWD Slow FWD Changeover: Slow FWD Still Changeover: Still Slow RVS Slow RVS Changeover: Slow RVS Still Changeover to Rec pause Changeover to Rec pause G G G G G G G G G 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh 8Dh G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G
3-32
CHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

CONTENTS
1. Disassembling and Reassembling ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-1 1-1 Disassembling / Reassembling Flowchart ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-1 1-2 Separation of Front Unit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-2 1-3 Separation of Accessory Shoe ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-3 1-4 Separation of Right Cover Unit ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-4 1-5 Separation of Rear Cover Unit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-5 1-6 Separation of Jack P.C.B ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-6 1-7 Separation of Left Cover Unit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-7 1-8 Separation of Camera Unit ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-8 1-9 Separation of Main and CAC P.C.B.'s ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-9 1-10 Separation of Recorder Holder --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-10 1-11 Separation of Front Cover Unit --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-11 1-12 Disassembling of Left Cover Unit - 1 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-12 1-13 Disassembling of Left Cover Unit - 2 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-13 1-14 Disassembling of Left Cover Unit - 3 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-14 1-15 Separation of LCD Unit ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-15 1-16 Disassembling of Right Cover Unit - 1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-16 1-17 Disassembling of Right Cover Unit - 2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-17 1-18 Disassembling of Right Cover Unit - 3 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-18 1-19 Disassembling of Right Cover Unit - 4 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-19 1-20 Disassembling of LCD Unit - 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-20 1-21 Disassembling of LCD Unit - 2 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-21 1-22 Separation of CVF Unit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-22 1-23 Separation of Rear Cover Unit ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-23 1-24 Disassembling of CVF Unit - 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-24 1-25 Disassembling of CVF Unit - 2 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-25 1-26 Disassembling of CVF Unit - 3 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-26 1-27 Disassembling of Camera Unit - 1 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-27 1-28 Disassembling of Camera Unit - 2 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-28 1-29 Disassembling of Lens Unit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-29 1-30 List of Screws Used ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-30 1-31 List of Disassembly Photos -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-31
2. Adjustment Procedures ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-33 2-1 Adjustment Items in Part Replacement -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-33 2-2 AF Section Adjustment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-34 2-2-1 CZ Automatic Adjustment ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-34 2-2-2 Cam Correction (AUTO) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-35 2-3 IS Section Adjustment --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-36 2-3-1 GYRO OFFSET Adjustment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-36 2-3-2 GYRO GAIN Adjustment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-36 2-3-3 Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-37 2-4 Camera Section Adjustment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-38 2-4-1 Iris Adjustment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-38 2-4-2 WB Adjustment (1) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-38 2-4-3 Color Balance Adjustment ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-39 2-4-4 WB Adjustment (2) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-39 2-4-5 WB Adjustment (3) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-40 2-4-6 Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-40 2-5 CCD Pixel Missing Compensation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-41 2-6 Color Balance Check ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-42 2-7 Recorder Section Adjustment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-43 2-7-1 Setting for Destination ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-43 2-7-2 Y LEVEL Adjustment ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-44 2-7-3 C LEVEL Adjustment ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-45 2-7-4 AGC Initial Value Adjustment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-45 2-7-5 SWP Adjustment ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-46 2-7-6 C. FG Adjustment --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-46 2-7-7 Automatic Adjustment of Reel FG -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-46 2-7-8 Flash Memory Writing --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-46 2-7-9 Battery Voltage Drop Adjustment --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-47 2-8 Tape Path Adjustment ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-48
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT
1. Disassembling and Reassembling

Notes : (1) When replacing the flat cable with a new one, allow it to remain folded the same as the original part. (2) The flat cable has a contact orientation to be engaged with the connector. Refer to the instructions in the disassembly procedure diagram and interconnection diagram for boards. Lateral engaging connector (The instructions are given in the disassembly procedure diagram and board interconnection diagram.) : Contacts are positioned downward. (board side) : Contacts are positioned upward. Lengthwise engaging connector (The instructions are given only in the boards interconnection diagram.) Indicated by . Arrowheads indicate the contacts, and the shafts indicate the noncontacts. (3) To secure screws, apply the Three Bond 1401B (CY9-8011-000) (4) If any part to be replaced has UL tape attached on it, be sure to reattach UL tape at the same position in reassembling.
1-1 Disassembling / Reassembling Flowchart

(1) Find the replacement part on the chart, and disassemble it following the instruction on chart. (2) Reassembling can be made by reversing the disassembling procedures.
START : MAIN FLOW : SUB FLOW 1-2 Front Cover Unit 1-11 Mic Ass'y : MAIN UNIT
1-3 Accessory Shoe
1-4 Right Cover Unit
1-15 LCD Unit
1-20 Hinge Ass'y
1-16 CARD P.C.B.
1-21 LCD P.C.B.
1-17 R-KEY Back Light Ass'y
1-18 R-KEY P.C.B.
1-18 DSW2 P.C.B.
1-5 Rear Cover Unit
1-22 CVF Unit
1-26 CVF P.C.B.
1-6 JACK P.C.B.
1-23 DC P.C.B.
1-7 Left Cover Unit
1-12 Operetion Key Ass'y
1-13 Speaker Ass'y
1-9 CAC P.C.B.
1-13 EJECT P.C.B.
1-9 MAIN P.C.B.
1-14 Cassette Arm Ass'y
1-10 Recorder Holder
1-8 Recorder, Camera Unit
1-8 Recorder Unit
1-10 DMC III
1-8 Camera Unit
1-28 CCD P.C.B.
1-29 Lens Unit
4-1
1-2 Separation of Front Unit

(1) Open the cassette cover, F Jack Cover and L Jack Cover and remove seven screws (b 5, c 1, d 1). (2) Disconnect CN701 and detach the Front Cover Unit. (3) Remove the Cushion. <Note on Reassembling> (1) Attach the Cushion at the position shown in the figure. Run the MIC cable through the slit of the Cushion.
Cassette Cover Front Cover Unit (1) - b Cushion L Jack Cover (1) (1) - b (1) (3) (1) - b (2) CN701 (2)
(1) (1) - d
Note on Reassembling (1) Hold the cushion by IR-LED holder. Take care to prevent the cushion from being pushed out of this line to the right side. Cushion Run the MIC Cable through the slit of the Cushion.
4.5mm Metal M1.7 (self tap) Fig. 4-1
(1) - b (1) - c F Jack Cover
b
3mm Metal M1.7
c
4mm Metal M1.7
CN701
Take care to prevent the cushion from hanging over the boss.
4-2
1-3 Separation of Accessory Shoe

(1) Remove four screws (a 4) and detach the Accessory Shoe.
(1) - a Accessory Shoe
(1)
a
5mm Metal M1.7 Flat Head Screw
Fig. 4-2
4-3
1-4 Separation of Right Cover Unit

(1) Remove five screws (b 3, c 1, d 1), disconnect CN990, CN1502 and CN4001 and detach the Right Cover Unit. (2) Draw out the Shaft and detach the Card Cover. (Only for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E) <Note on Reassembling> (1) Push the CN990 and CN1502 sufficiently so as to prevent them from being pinched in the part A. (2) Since the Shaft may come out easily, take care not to lose the Shaft. (Only for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E) Before using the Card Cover and Shaft supplied for repair service, remove their protection sheet and shaft-dropping preventive tape.
(1) - b
(1) - d
(1) - b
CN990
(1) (1) (1) (1) CN1502 CN4001
(2) Note on Reassembling (1) Right Cover Unit (1) - c DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i E only
(1) - b
Card Cover Shaft back of the Right Cover Unit
b
3mm Metal M1.7
c
4mm Metal M1.7
d
4.5mm Metal M1.7 (self tap)
Fig. 4-3
Shaft remove
4-4
1-5 Separation of Rear Cover Unit

(1) Remove three screws (d 3), disconnect the CN1501, CN3201 and CN3202 and detach Rear Cover Unit.
CN1501
(1)
(1) CN3202 (1) CN3201 (1)
d
(1) - d Rear Cover Unit
Fig. 4-4
4-5
1-6 Separation of Jack P.C.B

(1) Remove two screws (b 2), disconnect the CN5, CN2101 and CN6 and detach the Jack P.C.B. (2) Open the Cassette Cover and remove one screw (c 1). Pull the part A to this side while lifting it, disengage the two claw parts B and detach the C Lock Plate Unit. (3) Remove two screws (b 2) and detach the Tripod Base, C Lock Plate and Support Plate. <Note on Reassembling> (1) When reassembling the C Lock Plate Unit, insert the part C into the hole and reverse the disassembling procedures (2). Make sure that the two Dowels are connected.
(1) - b CN5 (1) (1) CN6 (2) - c (1) - b JACK P.C.B. (1) CN2101
Support Plate (2)
C Lock Plate (3)
Tripod Base
(2) Dowels B Pull this part frontward.
(3) - b
Lift it. Part A Part C
b
3mm Metal M1.7
c
4mm Metal M1.7
C Lock Plate Unit
Fig. 4-5
4-6
1-7 Separation of Left Cover Unit

(1) Remove three screws (b 3), disconnect the CN101 and detach the Left Cover Unit.
Left Cover Unit
(1) - b
(1)
(1)
CN101 (1) - b
b
3mm Metal M1.7
Fig. 4-6
4-7
1-8 Separation of Camera Unit

(1) Remove two screws (b 2), disconnect the CN891, CN1001 and CN1201 and detach the Camera Unit. Note : The CN891 connector should be disconnected in the DM-MV650i E only. In the DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E, it is not required to disconnect the CN891 connector since the shoe connector Assy and its relevant flexible cable are not provided.
Camera Unit (1) - b
(1) - b
(1)
(1) (1)
CN1001 (1)
b
3mm Metal M1.7
CN891 (DM-MV650i E only)
CN1201
Fig. 4-7
4-8
1-9 Separation of Main and CAC P.C.B.'s

(1) Remove one screw (b 1), disconnect the CN1101 and CN1002 (B to B) and detach the CAC P.C.B. (2) Remove three screws (b 3), disconnect the CN300, CN301, CN302, CN303, and CN2000 and detach the MAIN P.C.B. (3) Detach the soldered part on the PM Shield 1 and detach the HA Shield and PM Shield 1 and 2.
DMC III HA Shield
(2)
MAIN P.C.B. CN301 Solder PM Shield 1 (3) CN300 CN303 CN302 (3) (2) - b PM Shield 2 (1) (2) - b (1) - b CAC P.C.B. (2) (2) - b
CN2000
b
3mm Metal M1.7
CN1101 (B to B)
CN1002 (B to B)
Fig. 4-8
4-9
1-10 Separation of Recorder Holder

(1) Remove three screws (e 3) and detach the Recorder Holder, vibration isolating Rubber and Spring. Note : When placing the DMC III mechanical unit with the recorder holder removed, be sure to orient the drum side upward. Take care not to touch the tape running surface of the drum. <Note on Reassembling> (1) Before mounting the Recorder Holder, make sure that three vibration isolating Rubber parts have been attached properly. (2) When using the vibration isolating Rubber parts supplied for repair service, apply HANAL KS-39M (DY9-3053-000) to the entire surface of each vibration isolating Rubber part. (3) Attach the Spring as illustrated below. (4) Attach UL Tape as illustrated below to secure the Flexible Cable.
DMC III
Recorder Holder (1)
Rubber Spring
(1) - e Rubber
e
3.4mm Metal M1.4
Rubber
(1) - e Note on Reassembling (4) UL Tape (9 15)
CAUTION Be sure to place the unit with its drum facing upward.
Note on Reassembling (3) Spring
Fig. 4-9
4-10
1-11 Separation of Front Cover Unit

(1) Remove three screws (d 3) and detach the Lens Cover, L Jack Cover and F Jack Cover. (2) Remove two screws (d 2) and detach the Microphone Cover, Rubber, Microphone Ass'y and Microphone Shield. <Note on Reassembling> (1) Treat the Microphone Ass'y Cable as illustrated below.
Front Cover Unit L Jack Cover
(1) - d
(2) - d
(1) Black/ Red (1) MIC Ass'y (2) MIC Shield (1)
Black/ Rubber White MIC Holder
Lens Cover
Note on Reassembling (1)
F Jack Cover
d
Black/Red
Black/White
Take care to make the four cables come out of the front cover in line so as to prevent them from crossing each other.
Fig. 4-10
4-11
1-12 Disassembling of Left Cover Unit - 1

(1) Remove four screws (d 4) and detach the Operation Key Ass'y. (2) Remove the Shaft and detach the Hand Strap. (3) Remove one screw (d 1) and detach the Change Plate and Change Knob. (Only for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E) <Note on Reassembling> (1) Attach the Change Knob, Change Plate and Operation Key Ass'y Change SW as illustrated below. (Only for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E) <Instruction for Supplies> Change Plate part on Left Cover : HANAL FL-778 (DY9-3026-000) (Only for DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E)
DM-MV650i E,DM-MV630i E only Hand Strap
Change Knob Change Plate Operation Key Ass'y (3) - d (1) (1) - d
(2)
Shaft
d
(1) - d (1) - d Note on Reassembling (1) (DM-MV650i E,DM-MV630i E only)
Instruction for Supplies (DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E only)
Change Knob Change SW Change Plate
Hanal FL-778
Fig. 4-11
4-12

(1) Remove two screws (f 2) and detach the GND Plate, Cushion, Speaker Holder and Speaker Ass'y. (2) Remove one screw (i 1) and detach the EJECT P.C.B. <Note on Reassembling> (1) Run the Speaker Assy cable under the GND Plate and secure it with the Cushion as illustrated below. Extend the cable to the underside of the line on the Left Cover.
Speaker Ass'y (1) Speaker Holder
EJECT P.C.B. (2) (1) - f
(1) (2) - i (1) - f GND Plate
Cushion
Note on Reassembling (1) Extend the cable to the underside of the line. White Black
f
4mm Black M1.7 (self tap)
i
2.5mm Metal M1.7
GND Plate
Speaker Align the cushion with the end of rib and the end of plate.
Fig. 4-12
4-13

(1) Remove four screws (i 4) and detach the Cassette Cover while taking care of the two claw parts. (2) Remove three screws (f 3) and detach the Cassette Arm Ass'y. (3) Detach the Open Knob.
Cassette Cover Claw (1) - i Left Cover
Cassette Arm Ass'y (3) Claw (1) - i (1) Open Knob (2) - f (2) (2) - f
(1) - i
f
4mm Black M1.7 (self tap)
i
2.5mm Metal M1.7
(2) - f
Fig. 4-13
4-14
1-15 Separation of LCD Unit

(1) Disconnect the CN101. (2) Open and turn the LCD Unit, remove four screws (c 2, d 2) and detach the LCD Unit. <Note on Reassembling> (1) For the DSW Cable, provide wiring arrangement as shown below.
CN101 (1)
(2)
Note on Reassembling (1) CN101 (2) - c LCD Unit
(2)
DSW Cable Hook the cable over the both ends of the DSW2 P.C.B.
c
4mm Metal M1.7
d
(2) - d
Fig. 4-14
4-15
1-16 Disassembling of Right Cover Unit - 1

(1) Detach the Lithium Battery Cover. (2) Remove four screws (h 4), disconnect the CN4002 and detach the Card P.C.B. and AP Knob. <Note on Reassembling> (1) Bend the Flexible cable and secure it with UL Tape as illustrated below. Hook the right edge of the CARD P.C.B. to the Claw part A for mounting. (2) In remounting, engage the SW4004 knob on the CARD P.C.B. with the AP Knob.
Note on Reassembling (1) Claw A
CARD P.C.B.
Lithium Battery Cover
(1)
Claw A (2) CN4002
AP Knob
(2) (2) - h
(2)
h
4mm Metal M1.7 (self tap)
SW4004
CARD P.C.B.
(2) - h
Fig. 4-15
4-16

(1) Remove the Cushion. (2) Remove two screws (g 1, h 1), disconnect the CN100 and detach the R-Key Backlight Ass'y and R-Key Backlight Holder. (Only for DM-MV650i E) Note : List the R-Key Backlight Assy while pressing the part A of R-Key Backlight Holder outward, and slide the assy to detach it while taking care not to damage the Flexible Cable. <Note on Reassembling> (1) Attach the Cushion at the position as illustrated below.
CN100
DM-MV650i E only
R-KEY Back Light Holder (2) (2) R-KEY Back Light Ass'y (2) - h (2)
(1)
Cushion (2) - g Cushion Shorter cushion for DM-MV630i E, MV600i E, MV600 E, MV590 E (Same affixing Caution position) Part A
g
2mm Metal M1.7
h
DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i E,600i E,600 E,590 E
R-KEY Back Light Ass'y
DSW2 P.C.B.
Align the cushion with the step difference surface. Align the cushion with the rib surface.
Fig. 4-16
FPC
4-17

(1) Remove nine screws (d 3, g 4, j 2) and the two soldered parts A and detach the R-Key P.C.B., DSW2 P.C.B., Holders 1 and 2, GND Plates 1 and 2 and Card Cover Lock. <Note on Reassembling> (1) Treat the DSW2 P.C.B. cable as illustrated below. Hook the top of the DSW2 P.C.B. to the Claw part B for mounting. (2) Treat the R-Key P.C.B. flexible cable as illustrated below. When using the part supplied for repair service, bend the flexible cable part A to 45. (3) Attach UL Tape at the position indicated in the figure shown below. (Only for DM-MV650i E)
Note on Reassembling (3) (DM-MV650i E only)
UL Tape (5 10)
Attach UL Tape according to the profile of the Connector. (1) (1) - g Claw B (1) - g UL Tape (5 10) R-KEY P.C.B. Soldered Parts A (1) - d
Holder 1
(1) (1) Holder 2 (1) - g (1) - d GND Plate 1 Card Cover Lock Note on Reassembling (1) DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i E only DSW2 P.C.B. Claw B GND Plate 2 (1) - j (1) - j Note on Reassembling (2) Flexible Cable Plate 1 part A DSW2 P.C.B. (1) - d
d
4.5mm
g
2mm Metal M1.7
j
Take care to prevent the cable from hanging over the boss part.
Metal M1.7 (self tap)
Hold the flexible cable part A with the plate.
Fig. 4-17
4-18

(1) Remove one screw (j 1) and detach the LCD Lock Holder, LCD Lock, LCD Open Knob, LCD Lifter, and Spring 1and 2. <Note on Reassembling> (1) With both ends of spring 2 engaged with the Hook, assemble the LCD Lock into the Right Cover Unit. Then, after mounting the LCD Lock Holder, remove the part A from the Hook. Note : (1) If the part-A side is not removed from the Hook, the specified level of spring pressure is not provided at the LCD Lock. (2) If the part is not unhooked after reassembling the LCD lock holder, the LCD lock could be detached from the right cover unit.
LCD Open Knob
(1)
(1) (1)
LCD Lock Holder
(1) - j LCD Lifter (1) Spring 1
Note on Reassembling (1) LCD Lock Spring 2
Part A
j
Spring 2
Fig. 4-18
4-19
1-20 Disassembling of LCD Unit - 1

(1) Remove three screws (b 3) and detach the LCD Top Cover. Note : When detaching the LCD Top Cover, be careful of the claw parts A and B inside the cover. (2) Disconnect the CN901 and CN902 and detach the Hinge Ass'y. <Note on Reassembling> (1) When attaching the Hinge Ass'y, take care not to pinch the white cable of Backlight Ass'y. (2) Before attaching the LCD Top Cover, be sure to insert the claw part A. (3) Insert the CN901 and CN902 to their deepest positions securely, and check if there is no gap due to insufficient seating.
CN901
(2) (2)
(1) - b (2)
CN902 Hinge Ass'y
(1) - b
(1)
Note on Reassembling (1) LCD Top Cover CN901 Check that there is no gap due to unseating. CN902
(1) - b Claw B
Claw A
b
3mm Metal M1.7
Hinge Ass'y Take care not to pinch the cable.
Inside the LCD top cover
Fig. 4-19
4-20
1-21 Disassembling of LCD Unit - 2

(1) Detach the LCD Bottom Cover and Bottom Cover Sheet. (2) Detach the soldered parts A and B, disconnect the CN903, remove one screw (b 1) and detach the LCD P.C.B. (3) Demount the LCD Ass'y from the Backlight Ass'y. Note : The LCD Unit can be disassembled without detaching the Right Cover Unit. <Note on Reassembling> (1) Detach the Bottom Cover Sheet by sliding it between the LCD Bottom Cover and the LCD Holder. Take care to prevent the Bottom Cover Sheet from hanging out of the LCD Bottom Cover. (2) Treat the Backlight Ass'y Cable as illustrated below. After performing soldering, secure the Cable with adhesive. <Instruction for Supplies> Securing of Backlight Ass'y Cable : DIA BOND 1663G
Note on Reassembling (1) Bottom Cover Sheet Bottom Cover Sheet
LCD Bottom Cover
(1)
LCD P.C.B.
Back Light Ass'y (1) Soldered Parts B LCD Holder LCD Ass'y
Soldered Parts A
(3)
Note on Reassembling (2) Instruction for Supplies CN903 (2) (2) Diabond
Soldered Parts B Diabond Soldered Parts A
(2) - b
b
3mm Metal M1.7
Fig. 4-20
4-21
1-22 Separation of CVF Unit

(1) Remove UL Tape. (2) Remove six screws (o 4, p 2) and detach the CVF Unit. Note : When drawing out the CVF-CAC FPC on the CVF Unit from the Rear Cover Unit, take care not to damage the CVF-CAC. <Note on Reassembling> (1) Attach the CVF-CAC FPC as illustrated below. Secure it with UL Tape.
CVF Unit
(2)
(2) - p Rear Cover Unit
o
(2) - o
3mm Metal M1.7 (Noji Rock)
p
4mm Metal M1.7 (Noji Rock)
Note on Reassembling (1) (2) - p (2) - o Bend the CVF-CAC FPC.
(1)
Insert the CVF-CAC FPC into the grooves. UL Tape
UL Tape (20 10)
Fig. 4-21
4-22
1-23 Separation of Rear Cover Unit

(1) Remove four screws (h 4) and detach the Battery Terminal Ass'y and GND Plate. (2) Remove one screw (h 1) and detach the DC P.C.B. (3) Detach the Battery Eject Lever and Sring. <Note on Reassembling> (1) Secure the cables of Battery Terminal Ass'y with the hooks as illustrated below. (2) When attaching the Battery Terminal Ass'y, screw the Red, Black, White and Gray cables in this order. <Instruction for Supplies> Rear Cover, Spring : Apply HANAL FL-778. (DY9-3026-000)
Note on Reassembling (1) Red Black Secure the cables with the hooks. White Gray
Secure the cables with the hooks. Rear Cover Spring (3) Battery Eject Lever GND Plate Red Black White (1) - h Gray (1) Instruction for Supplies Hanal FL-778
(2) (1) - h Battery Terminal Ass'y
h
(2) - h
DC P.C.B.
Hanal FL-778
Fig. 4-22
4-23
1-24 Disassembling of CVF Unit - 1

(1) Detach the Dust Cover, remove two screws (b 2) and detach the CVF Bottom Cover. (2) Remove one screw (d 1), disengage the holes on CVF-CAC FPC from the protruded parts A and draw out the finder while taking care not to damage the CVF-CAC FPC. (3) Remove two screws (b 2) and detach the CVF Hinge Ass'y. <Note on Reassembling> (1) Engage the holes on CVF-CAC FPC and the protruded parts A as illustrated below.
(1) - b
(2) - d
CVF Bottom Cover
(2) (1)
Protruded Parts A CVF-CAC FPC CVF Hinge Ass'y (3) - b
Finder
(1) (3) CVF Top Cover Dust Cover Note on Reassembling (1) Protruded Parts A Hinge Ass'y (2) Lift Up Finder
b
3mm
d
Remove
Metal M1.7
CVF-CAC FPC
Fig. 4-23
4-24

(1) Remove two screws (d 2) and detach the Eyepiece, CVF Lens Holder, CVF Knob, Rubber and Lens Holder. (2) Detach the two claw parts A and detach the Lens. <Note on Reassembling> (1) When attaching the Lens into the Lens Holder, take care to orient the lens correctly. (2) When attaching the CVF Knob, attach the Lens Holder Boss as illustrated below. Be sure to attach the rubber part. <Instruction for Supplies> Lens Holder contacting surface : HANAL KS-39M (DY9-3053-000) Rubber Top surface : HANAL KS-39M (DY9-3053-000)
(1) - d
(1) - d
CVF Lens Holder Rubber CVF Knob (1)
Eyepiece
(1)
(1)
(2) (1)
Lens
d
Lens Holder Claw A Note on Reassembling (1)
CVF Inner Cover CVF Inner Cover Instruction for Supplies Hanal KS-39M Lens Knob Boss Lens Holder Hanal KS-39M Rubber top surface Lens Holder Lens
Note on Reassembling (2) Rubber
Lens Holder contacting surface
Fig. 4-24
4-25

(1) Disconnect the CN4101 and detach the CVF-CAC FPC. (2) Detach the three claw parts A and detach the components from the CVF P.C.B. to the Mask Plate. (3) Detach the two claw parts B, disconnect the CN4102 and separate the CVF P.C.B., reflector and LCD Ass'y. <Note on Reassembling> (1) Treat the LCD Ass'y flexible cable by inserting it into the CVF Inner Cover as illustrated below. (2) Before using the CVF-CAC FPC supplied for repair service, securely fold it at the position illustrated below.
CVF Inner Cover
Mask Plate
CVF-CAC FPC Diffuser Reflector
Cushion
Claw A
(1) CVF P.C.B. Claw B CN4101 (3) CN4102 (2)
LCD Ass'y
Note on Reassembling (2) CVF-CAC FPC

DH2-5022-000
Folding in a crest form Folding in a trough form
TO CN4101
mk OR 1 03
Fig. 4-25
4-26
1-27 Disassembling of Camera Unit - 1

(1) Remove one screw (k 1) and detach the Accessory Shoe. Note : Lift the hooked parts of the two Dowels diagonally and detach the Shoe Base backward. (2) Remove three screws (l 3) and detach the Lens Holder, vibration isolating Rubber and Shield. <Note on Reassembling> (1) When using the vibration isolating Rubber parts supplied for repair service, apply HANAL FL-778 (DY9-3026-000) to the entire surface of each vibration isolating Rubber part. (2) Attach Shield at the position indicated in the figure shown below.
Shoe Connector Ass'y (DM-MV650i E)
Shoe Spacer (DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E)
Caution
Dowel Lift Up
(1) - k Shoe Base Rubber Dowel Note on Reassembling (2) (1) AAS FPC (DM-MV650i E only) Attach the shield so that the cutout of the shield is aligned with the hole on the Lens Holder lens holder. (Protrusion to the hole is not allowed.) Shield
(2) Lens Holder
Rubber Rubber (2) - l
Shield
k
3.8mm
l
4.5mm
(2) - l
Fig. 4-26
Metal Black M1.7 M1.7 Steped Screw Steped Screw
4-27
1-28 Disassembling of Camera Unit - 2

(1) Remove two screws (m 2) and detach the CCD P.C.B., CCD Ass'y, Rubber part and Low-Pass Filter. (2) Detach the soldered part A and detach the CCD P.C.B. and CCD Ass'y. <Note on Reassembling> (1) Before attaching the CCD P.C.B., secure the P.C.B. with screws (m 2) and perform soldering of the CCD Ass'y and CCD P.C.B.
Low-Pass Filter Rubber CCD Ass'y
CCD P.C.B.
(1) (2)
m
(1) - m
Lens Face thick side toward Lens side CCD Low-Pass Filter
(2) A
CCD P.C.B.
Fig. 4-27
4-28
1-29 Disassembling of Lens Unit

(1) Remove the Lens Rubber part and three screws (m 3). Demount the Front Lens Ass'y. (2) Remove six screws (d 4, n 2) and solder (). Demount the PZ Motor, AF Motor, IG Meter Ass'y, PZ Shaft, and AF Shaft. <Instruction for Supply> On the AF/PZ Shaft and Guide Bar : LOGENEST LAMBDA A-74 (CY9-8102-000)
Instruction for Supply AF Shaft
PZ Shaft AF Motor
(2) - d
(2) - n
(2) LOGENEST LAMBDA A-74 Guide Bar 2 AF Shaft (2) -
(2) - d Gide Bar IG Meter Ass'y (2) - Front Lens Ass'y PZ Motor (1) - m PZ Shaft (2) - (1) Gide Bar (2)
d
(1) - m (1) - m Lens Rubber
Fig. 4-28 4.5mm Metal M1.7 (self tap)
m
n
4-29
1-30 List of Screws Used

SYMBOL SYMBOL
PARTS NO.
REMARKS Flat Head Screw M1.7-5.0mm (Metal)
ILLUST
PARTS NO.
REMARKS
ILLUST
XA1-3170-507
5mm
XA1-7170-257
M1.7-2.5mm (Metal)
2.5mm
XA1-7170-307
M1.7-3.0mm (Metal)
3mm
XA4-9170-557
Self Tap M1.7-5.5mm (Metal) Stepped Screw M1.7-3.8mm (Metal) Stepped Screw M1.7-4.5mm (Black) Self Tap M1.7-6.0mm (Metal) Self Tap M1.7-3.5mm (Metal) Noji Rock Screw M1.7-3.0mm (Metal) Noji Rock Screw M1.7-4.0mm (Metal)
5.5mm
XA1-7170-407
M1.7-4.0mm (Metal)
4mm
XA9-1349-000
3.8mm
XA4-9170-457
Self Tap M1.7-4.5mm (Metal) Stepped Screw M1.4-3.4mm (Metal) Self Tap M1.7-4.0mm (Black)
4.5mm
XA9-1294-000
4.5mm
XA9-1167-000
3.4mm m XA4-9170-607
6mm
XA4-9170-409
4mm
XA4-9170-357
3.5mm
XA1-7170-207
M1.7-2.0mm (Metal)
2mm
XA9-1481-000
3mm
XA4-9170-407
Self Tap M1.7-4.0mm (Metal)
4mm
XA9-1482-000
4mm
4-30
1-31 List of Disassembly Photos
Front Side
Right Side
Recorder/Camera Unit
Camera Unit-1
Camera Unit-2
Front Cover Unit
4-31
Left Cover Unit
Right Cover Unit
Rear Cover Unit
4-32
2. Adjustment Procedures
2-1 Adjustment Items in Part Replacement
After replacement of major parts, carry out adjustment referring to the table shown below. Note that the following table shows minimum required adjustments to be performed after replacing any major part. In case that two or more parts have been replaced or any faulty condition has occurred, take a proper adjustment procedure accordingly.
: Adjustment required Camera system Part name No. Adjustment item Lens 2-2 AF section 2-2-1 2-2-2 2-3 IS section 2-3-1 2-3-2 2-3-3 Gyro Offset Adjustment Gyro Gain Adjustment Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing Product condition Product condition Product condition CZ Automatic Adjustment Cam correction (AUT O) Product condition Product condition JACK PCB CCD MAIN PCB CAC PCB Adjustment setting
2-4 Camera section 2-4-1 2-4-2 2-4-3 2-4-4 2-4-5 2-4-6 2-5 2-6 Iris Adjustment WB Adjustment (1) Color Balance Adjustment WB Adjustment (2) WB Adjustment (3) Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing CCD Pixel Missing Compensation Color Balance Check Product condition Product condition Product condition Product condition Product condition Product condition Product condition Product condition
Recorder system Part name No. Adjustment item MAIN PCB CAC PCB DMC III Adjustment setting
2-7 Recorder section 2-7-1 2-7-2, 2-7-3 2-7-4 2-7-5 2-7-6 2-7-7 2-7-8 2-7-9 DMC III 2-8 T ape Path Adjustment T ape path adjustment setting Setting for Destination Y LEVEL / C LEVEL Adjustment AGC Initial Value Adjustment SWP Adjustment C. FG Adjustment Automatiac Adjustment of Reel FG Flash Memory Writing Battery Voltage Drop Adjustment Product condition Product condition Product condition Product condition Product condition Product condition
4-33
2-2 AF Section Adjustment

Note)
(1) The sections 2-2-1 : CZ automatic adjustment and 2-2-2 : Cam correction (AUTO) must be executed consecutively. If they are performed independently, the sufficient performance cannot be obtained. Also, when section 2-2-1 : CZ automatic adjustment is completed, execute section 2-2-2 : Cam correction (AUTO) must be executed immediately without elapse of time. If execute section 2-2-2 : Cam correction (AUTO) is executed after elapse of time upon completion of section 2-2-1 : CZ automatic adjustment, the sufficient performance cannot be obtained. (2) The result data (*) of automatic adjustment is indicated in blinking because of the design of the MI-COM system.
Preparation)
(1) For CZ automatic adjustment/cam correction, set the product condition. (2) Adjustment condition (initial condition) Tape/Card : Tape Program AE ZOOM : Auto Mode : Telephoto-end
CZ adjustment chart : 2.4 0.02 m from lens front Chart luminance : 500 lux or more (High illuminance should be avoided at the wide-angle end.)
2-2-1 CZ Automatic Adjustment

CHART SPEC. CZ adjustment chart At STEP 3, DT : AA should be attained. Execution of STEP 4.
Procedure)
(1) In the telephoto-end setting, bring the center of chart image to the center of monitor TV. (2) Referring to the table shown below, carry out CZ automatic adjustment in the service mode. (3) Perform the cam correction.
ST EP PROCEDURE CZ 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) 2 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) MONIT OR CS Function MD ADDR DT 2 00 ST 465F 90 RD 2 08 ST 3100 00 Automatic adjustment is started. T hen, it is completed in 30 seconds approximately. If any NG condition is encountered in automatic adjustment, check the parts inside the lens section. *AA Adjustment is completed (result is OK). Perform the cam correction. *FF Adjustment is completed (result is NG). T ake the procedure again from the beginning. 00 Preparation for flash memory updating. Execution of flash memory updating. Microcomputer operation
Move to adjustment mode.
Judgment on result of adjustment
08 08
RD RD ST RD
3100 0081
1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.)
4-34
2-2-2 Cam Correction (AUTO)

CHART SPEC. CZ adjustment chart Automatic adjustment
Procedure)
(1) Quit the service mode, and turn power OFF/ON. (2) Perform the cam correction by following the table below. (3) Quit the service mode, turn power off/on, and then check that proper focusing can be attained in normal zooming operation (AF OFF). (4) If the result is NG, perform 2-2-1 : CZ automatic adjustment and 2-2-2 : Cam correction (AUTO).
MONIT OR ST EP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operation CAM CORRECT ION CS Function MD ADDR DT 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2 08 ST 3101 00 2) Perform storing. RD *01 (press the PAUSE button.) Cancel the service mode, and set the zoom position to the telephoto end. After focus movement is stopped, 2 turn OFF the AF function. 3 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2 08 ST 3202 00 WR 2) Perform storing. RD *02 Correction value measurement. (press the PAUSE button.) Completion with DT :02. 4 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2 08 ST 3104 00 2) Perform storing. RD *04 Correction value calculation. (press the PAUSE button.) Completion with DT :04. 5 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2 08 ST 3105 00 2) Perform storing. RD *AA Completion of correction value writing. (press the PAUSE button.) Completion with DT :AA. 6 1) Make the setting shown at right. 0 08 ST 0081 00 Preparation for flash memory updating. 2) Perform storing. RD Execution of flash memory updating. (press the PAUSE button.)
4-35
2-3 IS Section Adjustment

Note)
(1) Perform the IS adjustment after machine is re-assembled to a product status. (2) Prepare a tripod or stable work bench. (3) Each of the adjustment data (2-3-1 and 2) becomes valid when 2-3-3 data writing is made. After completion of each adjustment, be sure to carry out 2-3-3 before turning power OFF. (4) The result data (*) of automatic adjustment is indicated in blinking because of the design of the MI-COM system.
2-3-1 GYRO OFFSET Adjustment

SPEC. Automatic adjusutment
Procedure)
(1) Wait at least 10 seconds while being careful not to apply vibration to the camera. (2) Referring to the table shown below, perform the automatic adjustment.
Note)
It will take approx. 25 seconds at maximum to complete adjustment (OK) after storing (pressing the pause button).
ST EP PROCEDURE GYRO OFFSET 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) MONIT OR CS Function MD ADDR DT 2 08 ST 320D 00 RD *02 Microcomputer operation
Adjustment is completed. Completion with DT :02, NG with DT :03
2-3-2 GYRO GAIN Adjustment

SPEC. Data Writing
Procedure)
(1) Reset the data to be the original, referring to the table shown below.
ST EP PROCEDURE GYRO GAIN 1 Gyro YAW gain adjustment 1-1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) 2 Gyro PIT CH gain adjustment 2-1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) MONIT OR CS Function MD ADDR DT 2 08 ST RD 3200 91 Adjustment is completed. Microcomputer operation
08
ST RD
3201
75 Adjustment is completed.
4-36
2-3-3 Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing

SPEC. Automatic writing
Procedure)
(1) According to the table shown below, write adjustment data (2-3-1 and 2) into the virtual EEPROM and flash memory.
ST EP PROCEDURE EEPROM & FLASH WRIT ING 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) 2 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) MONIT OR CS Function MD ADDR DT 2 08 ST 320F 00 RD *02 0 08 ST RD 0081 00 Microcomputer operation
Completion of virtual EEPROM writing. Completion with DT :02, NG with DT :03 Preparation for flash memory updating. Execution of flash memory updating.
4-37
2-4 Camera Section Adjustment

Notes)
(1) Each adjustment data (2-4-1 to 2-4-5) becomes effective after it is written into the DATA as mentioned in 2-4-6. If power must be turned OFF/ON during each adjustment, be sure to perform the DATA write procedure as mentioned in 2-4-6. (2) The adjustments from 2-4-2 through 2-4-5 must be carried out in series. (3) The result data (*) of automatic adjustment is indicated in blinking because of the design of the MI-COM system.
Preparation)
(1) For camera section adjustment, take the product condition. (2) Adjustment condition (initial condition) Tape/Card Program AE AF Image stabilizer Chart : Tape : Auto Mode : OFF : OFF : Standard angle of view (Set the angle after setting the high address.)
2-4-1 Iris Adjustment

CHART SPEC. Light box (5600K) Automatic adjustment.
Procedure)
(1) Referring to the table shown below, adjust the Iris.
ST EP PROCEDURE IRIS 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) MONIT OR Microcomputer operation CS Function MD ADDR DT 2 08 ST 3000 00 WR Adjustment is in progress. RD * Adjustment is completed. Completion with DT :00 (In addition, NG)
2-4-2 WB Adjustment (1)

CHART SPEC. Light box (5600K) Automatic adjustment
Procedure)
(1) Referring to the table shown below, carry out WB adjustment (1).
ST EP PROCEDURE WB (1) 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) MONIT OR CS Function MD ADDR DT 2 08 ST 3002 00 WR RD *05 Microcomputer operation
Adjustment is in progress. Adjustment is completed. Completion with DT :05 (In addition, NG)
Note) In this adjustment, color balance gain data is set to FF. Be sure to carry out color balance adjustment described in 2-4-3.
4-38
2-4-3 Color Balance Adjustment

CHART M.EQ. TP/TRIG. SPEC. Lightbox (5600K), and color bar chart (white area at the left side) Vectorscope VIDEO OUT FR 1st microcomputer only R : 1.7 (ratio to burst) 90, Ye : 1.0 (ratio to burst) 202 FR 2nd microcomputer and subsequent R : 2.0 (ratio to burst) 90, Ye : 1.0 (ratio to burst) 180 * For the FR 1st computer, the camera program version indication (CA) is C200. * For the FR 2nd computer and subsequent, the camera program version indication (CA) is 1220.
Procedure)
(1) For manual adjustment of color balance, change data at the following four addresses while observing a vectorscope.
ST EP PROCEDURE CB (MANUAL) R-Y GAIN 1) In the setting shown at right, adjust relevant data. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) B-Y GAIN 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) R-Y MAT 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) B-Y MAT 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) CS 2 Microcomputer operation MONIT OR Function MD ADDR DT 08 ST 3007 "ADJ" Adjustment is in progress. RD ADJ Adjustment is completed. ST RD ST RD ST RD 3008 "ADJ" Adjustment is in progress. ADJ Adjustment is completed. 3009 "ADJ" Adjustment is in progress. ADJ Adjustment is completed. 300A "ADJ" Adjustment is in progress. ADJ Adjustment is completed.

CHART SPEC. Light box (5600K), and CCA12 filter Automatic adjustment
Procedure)
ST EP PROCEDURE WB (2) 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) MONIT OR CS Function MD ADDR DT 2 08 ST 3004 00 WR RD *05 Microcomputer operation
Adjustment is in progress. Adjustment is completed. Completion with DT :05 (In addition, NG)
4-39

CHART SPEC. Light box (5600K) Automatic adjustment
Procedure)
ST EP PROCEDURE WB (3) 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) MONIT OR Microcomputer operation CS Function MD ADDR DT 2 08 ST 3005 00 WR Adjustment is in progress. RD * Adjustment is completed. Completion with DT :00 (In addition, NG)
2-4-6 Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing

Procedure)
(1) According to the table shown below, write adjustment data (2-4-1 to 2-4-5) into the virtual EEPROM and flash memory.
ST EP PROCEDURE EEPROM & FLASH WRIT ING 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) 2 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) MONIT OR CS Function MD ADDR DT 2 08 ST 3006 00 RD *02 0 08 ST RD 0081 00 Microcomputer operation
4-40
2-5 CCD Pixel Missing Compensation

Notes)
(1) Perform this adjustment only if a void pixel is found on the CCD. (2) Before starting this adjustment, turn power on for 30 minutes. (3) In this adjustment, NG is indicated if there are two or more pixel defects at the center of the screen or if there are eight or more pixel defects on the entire screen. (4) The result data (*) of automatic adjustment is indicated in blinking because of the design of the MI-COM system.
Preparation)
(1) Carry out this correction in the product state. (2) Adjustment Conditions Program AE AF Image stabilizer Demo mode : AUTO : OFF : OFF : OFF
Procedure)
(1) Perform the CCD void pixel correction (automatic mode) according to the table shown below.
ST EP PROCEDURE 1 1-1 CCD void pixel correction 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) Virtual EEPROM writing 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) MONIT OR CS Function MD ADDR DT 2 08 ST 300D WR RD 00 *-Adjustment is in progress. Adjustment is completed. Completion with DT :00 to 0C, NG with DT :8* Microcomputer operation
2 2-1
2 0
08 08
ST RD ST RD
300E 0081
00 *02 00
4-41
2-6 Color Balance Check

Preparation)
(1) Carry out this correction in the product state. (2) Adjustment Conditions Program AE AF Image stabilizer Demo mode CHART M.EQ. TP/TRIG. SPEC. : AUTO : OFF : OFF : OFF
Lightbox (5600K), and color bar chart Vectorscope VIDEO OUT R : 2.2 101 ( 0.15 5), Ye : 1.1 173 ( 0.15 5), G : 265 (5)
Procedure)
(1) Quit the service mode, and turn power OFF/ON. (2) Perform light-box recording, and carry out WB SET using the relevant function of the product. (3) Take an image of the color bar chart, and check that the levels of R, Ye and G are within the specified ranges respectively. (4) If the result of the above check is NG, carry out camera section adjustment again.
4-42
2-7 Recorder Section Adjustment

Note)
(1) Each of the adjustment data (2-7-2 to 2-7-7) becomes valid when 2-7-8 flash memory writing is made. When turning power ON/ OFF during each adjustment, be sure to carry out 2-7-8 flash memory writing.
Preparation)
(1) Except for the tape-path adjustment, carry out adjustment in the product state.
2-7-1 Setting for Destination

Procedure)
(1) Referring to the table shown below, carry out the setting for destination market place.
ST EP PROCEDURE 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) 1) Make the setting shown at right. MONIT OR CS Function MD ADDR DT 1 10 ST 0064 F1 RD 1 1 10 10 ST RD ST RD 0069 0071 00 01 02 00 01 Microcomputer operation All Model Data writing DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E / DM-MV600 E / DM-MV590 E Data writing DM-MV650i E / DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E / DM-MV600 E / DM-MV590 E Data writing
2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.)
4-43
2-7-2 Y LEVEL Adjustment

TP/TRIG. M. EQ. SPEC. VIDEO OUT Oscilloscope 980 20 [mV]
Procedure)
(1) Select the card VTR mode. (2) Referring to the table shown below, carry out Y level adjustment. Repeat steps 2) to 4) so that the level range shown at the right will be attained. * If the tape mode is selected, a delay may occur in response.
980 20mV
Fig. 4-29
ST EP PROCEDURE Y LEVEL 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Change data properly. 3) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) 4) Make the setting shown at right. 5) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) ST RD Check level. Adjustment is completed. Microcomputer operation MONIT OR CS Function MD ADDR DT 0 10 ST 000D ADJ White raster is output. "ADJ" RD Adjustment data reflected
4-44
2-7-3 C LEVEL Adjustment

TP/TRIG. M. EQ. SPEC. VIDEO OUT Oscilloscope 700 20 [mV]
Procedure)
(1) Select the card VTR mode. (2) Referring to the table shown below, carry out C level adjustment. Repeat steps 2) to 4) so that the level range shown at the right will be attained. * If the tape mode is selected, a delay may occur in response.
700 20mV
Fig.4-30
ST EP PROCEDURE C LEVEL 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) For adjustment, change data properly. 3) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) 4) Make the setting shown at right. 5) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) ST RD Check level. Adjustment is completed. Microcomputer operation MONIT OR CS Function MD ADDR DT 0 10 ST 000E ADJ Green raster is output. "ADJ" RD Adjustment data reflected
2-7-4 AGC Initial Value Adjustment

SIGNAL MODE SPEC. COLOR BAR E-E (ANALOG LINE IN) Automatic writing
Procedure)
(1) Input a color bar signal to the analog line circuit from the pattern generator. (2) Carry out AGC initial value adjustment according to the table shown below.
ST EP PROCEDURE AGC INIT IAL 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) MONIT OR CS Function MD ADDR DT 0 08 ST 0004 -WR RD Microcomputer operation
Automatic adjustment is in progress. Automatic adjustment is completed.
4-45
2-7-5 SWP Adjustment

MODE SPEC. Playback of color bar master (DY9-1381-000) Automatic adjustment
Procedure)
(1) While playing back the color bar master, carry out SWP automatic adjustment referring to the table shown below.
ST EP PROCEDURE SWP (AUT O) 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) MONIT OR CS Function MD ADDR DT 0 08 ST 0001 -WR RD Microcomputer operation
2-7-6 C. FG Adjustment
MODE SPEC. Playback of color bar master (DY9-1381-000) Automatic adjustment
Procedure)
(1) While playing back the color bar master, carry out C.FG automatic adjustment referring to the table shown below.
ST EP PROCEDURE C.FG(AUT O) 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) MONIT OR CS Function MD ADDR DT 0 08 ST 0003 -WR RD Microcomputer operation
2-7-7 Automatic Adjustment of Reel FG

MODE Stop without VTR cassette
Procedure)
(1) Carry out reel FG adjustment according to the following table.
ST EP PROCEDURE 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) MONIT OR CS Function MD ADDR DT 0 08 ST 0007 -WR RD Microcomputer operation
2-7-8 Flash Memory Writing

SPEC. Memory data writing
Procedure)
(1) Write adjustment data (2-7-1 to 7) into the flash memory according the table shown below.
ST EP PROCEDURE 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) MONIT OR CS Function MD ADDR DT 0 08 ST 0081 00 RD Microcomputer operation Preparation for flash memory updating. Execution of flash memory updating.
4-46
2-7-9 Battery Voltage Drop Adjustment

MODE SPEC. During camera recording in product condition (AF : OFF, LCD PANEL : ON) Power supply voltage: 5.85 0.02 [V]
Note)
(1) Perform the adjustment after 4sec of recording start.
Procedure)
(1) Under the above condition, set a power supply voltage to 5.85 0.02[V]. (2) Referring to the table shown below, carry out battery voltage drop adjustment.
ST EP PROCEDURE BAT T ERY VOLT AGE DROP 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button.) MONIT OR CS Function MD ADDR DT 1 08 ST -RD Microcomputer operation
Adjustment is completed.
4-47
2-8 Tape Path Adjustment

Note)
(1) For tape path adjustment, the service mode setting is necessary. For the details of setting procedure, refer to the DMC III Section.
Preparation)
(1) For tape path adjustment, make the recorder adjustment setting (P. 3-2, 3).
Procedure)
(1) Referring to the table given below (STEPS 1, 2, 3), play back the tracking master (DY9-1345-000) for tape path adjustment. At STEP 2, perform tracking shift by adjusting DT in a range of F0 to FF so that the RF envelope will be 70%. (2) After adjustment, restore tracking shift setting to normal according to the following table (STEPS 4 : P.OFF).
ST EP PROCEDURE MONIT OR Microcomputer operation T RACKING T APE CS Function MD ADDR DT 1 1) Play back the tracking tape. 2 1) Set up tracking shift. 2-1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 0 00 ST 9FE7 F2 2) Perform storing. RD (press the PAUSE button.) 3) Perform 70% tracking shift by ST F0~FF T he amount of tracking shift is changed. adjusting DT in a range of F0 to FF. 4) Perform storing. RD (press the PAUSE button.) * DT 00 in tracking shift released 3 1) Perform tape path adjustment with the RF envelope in 70% tracking shift state. 4 1) Select the normal mode. 2) T urn off power to the main unit.
4-48
Copy the chart on a transparent film. Trim and attach the transparent chart on a vectorscope display.
Color balance adjustment chart

FR 1st MI-COM only
PAL DM-MV650i E,DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E DM-MV590 E
R-Y
BURST
B-Y
Ye
FR 2nd microcomputer and subsequent

PAL
DM-MV650i E,DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E DM-MV590 E

R-Y R
BURST
B-Y Ye
4-49
Copy the chart on a transparent film. Trim and attach the transparent chart on a vectorscope display.
Color balance adjustment chart

PAL DM-MV650i E,DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E DM-MV590 E
R-Y R
BURST
Ye B-Y
4-50
CHAPTER 5. PARTS LIST

CONTENTS
EXPLODED VIEWS Casing Parts Section ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-2 Front Cover Unit Section ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-4 Left Cover Unit Section-1 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-6 Left Cover Unit Section-2 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-8 Right Cover Unit Section-1 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-10 Right Cover Unit Section-2 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-12 LCD Unit Section -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-14 Rear Cover Unit Section ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-16 CVF Unit Section -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-18 Recorder Unit Section --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-20 Camera Unit Section ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-22 Lens Unit Section -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-24 Mechanical Chassis Section-1 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-26 Mechanical Chassis Section-2 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-28 Mechanical Chassis Section-3 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-30 Mechanical Chassis Section-4 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-32 Accessory Section-1 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-34 Accessory Section-2 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-36 FUSE Replacement Instruction ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-38 ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-39 PARTS LIST ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-40
CAUTION
1. Especially critical parts in the power circuit block should not be replaced with other marks. Critical parts are marked with in this electrical parts list.
5-1
Casing Parts Section

1
LEFT COVER UNIT
24 3
REAR COVER UNIT

53
1 5 1
FRONT COVER UNIT

4
13
12 8 5 7 12
CAMERA/ LENS/ RECORDER UNIT
RIGHT COVER UNIT
1 6
5-2
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PART NO.
XA1-7170-307 XA1-3170-507 DA2-0436-000 D52-0220-000 XA4-9170-457 XA1-7170-407 DA3-0299-000 DY1-8532-000 DY1-8534-000 DY1-8535-000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
CLASS
F F B B F F C C C C
QTY
13 4 1 1 5 2 1 1 1 1
DESCRIPTION
SCREW SCREW SHOE, ACCESSORY CAP, LENS SCREW SCREW CUSHION PCB ASSY, JACK PCB ASSY, JACK PCB ASSY, JACK
REMARKS
NEW
DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E
NEW NEW NEW NEW
5-3
Front Cover Unit Section

32 1 2 33
4 8 7 6
5-4
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL
1
PART NO.
DA3-0274-000 000 DA3-0281-000 000 DY1-8537-000 000 DY1-8538-000 000 DY1-8539-000 000
CLASS
B B B B B F B B B B B B B C C C
QTY
1 1 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
DESCRIPTION
COVER, L JACK COVER, L JACK COVER ASSY, FRONT COVER ASSY, FRONT COVER ASSY, FRONT SCREW LENS RING ASSY LENS RING ASSY LENS RING ASSY COVER ASSY, F JACK COVER ASSY, F JACK COVER ASSY, F JACK COVER ASSY, F JACK SHIELD, MIC MIC ASSY RUBBER, MIC
REMARKS
DM-MV650i E,MV630i E DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E,MV600 E DM-MV590 E NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW
3 4
XA4-9170-457 000 DY1-8504-000 000 DY1-8516-000 000 DY1-8521-000 000
NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW
DY1-8503-000 000 DY1-8515-000 000 DY1-8520-000 000 DY1-8540-000 DA3-0267-000 DF1-5033-000 DA3-0265-000 000 000 000 000
6 7 8
5-5
Left Cover Unit Section-1

*1 1
4 3 *1 6 32
5 7 8 12 9 13 10 112 *1 : DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E ONLY 32
5-6
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL
1 2 3 4
PART NO.
DA3-0236-000 000 DA3-0249-000 000 XA4-9170-457 000 DG3-0055-000 000 DG3-0056-000 000
CLASS
B C F B B F C C C C C F F B
QTY
1 1 5(4) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
DESCRIPTION
KNOB, CHANGE PLATE, CHANGE SCREW OPERATION KEY ASSY OPERATION KEY ASSY SCREW SPEAKER CUSHION PLATE, C SUPPORT PLATE, C LOCK BASE, TRIPOD SCREW SCREW KNOB, CASSETTE OPEN
REMARKS
DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW *( )DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E NEW
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
XA4-9170-409 000 WR1-5083-000 000 DA3-0330-000 000 DA3-0248-000 DA3-0234-000 DA3-0186-000 XA1-7170-307 XA4-7170-407 000 000 000 000 000
NEW NEW NEW NEW
DA3-0235-000 000
NEW
5-7
Left Cover Unit Section-2

1 3 4 22
A
22 7 8 9 2
A
6 73
5-8
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL
1 2 3 4
PART NO.
DA3-0240-000 XA1-7170-257 DA3-0226-000 DA3-0225-000 DA3-0294-000 000 000 000 000 000
CLASS
C F B B B B C C F C C C C C C
QTY
1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 STRAP, SCREW COVER, COVER, COVER,
DESCRIPTION
HAND CASSETTE LEFT LEFT
REMARKS
NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW
DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E
DA3-0296-000 000 5 6 7 8 9 DA3-0239-000 000 DF1-5005-000 000 XA4-9170-409 000 DY1-8502-000 DA3-0290-000 DA3-0291-000 DA3-0292-000 DA3-0293-000 000 000 000 000 000
COVER, LEFT SHAFT, GRIP BELT CASSETTE ARM ASSY SCREW PCB ASSY, EJECT LABEL, NAME LABEL, NAME LABEL, NAME LABEL, NAME LABEL, NAME
DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E DM-MV600 E DM-MV590 E
DA3-0335-000 000
5-9
Right Cover Unit Section-1

1
RIGHT COVER UNIT
3 4 52
*1
LCD UNIT
62
*1 : DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E ONLY
5-10
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL
1
PART NO.
DA2-1650-000 000 DA3-0332-000 000 DA3-0185-000 000 DA3-0180-000 000 DA3-0182-000 000 XA1-7170-407 000 XA4-9170-457 000
CLASS
C C B B C F F
QTY
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 CUSHION CUSHION
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
DM-MV650i E,MV630i E DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E DM-MV650i E,MV630i E DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW NEW NEW NEW
2 3 4 5 6
COVER, LI BATT COVER, CARD SHAFT, CARD COVER SCREW SCREW
5-11
Right Cover Unit Section-2

18 1
*1
6 2
7 11
8 9 10 22 174 16 22 3 12 4 12
*2
13 15 5
5 14
*1 : DM-MV650i E ONLY *2 : DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E ONLY
5-12
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL
1 2 3 4
PART NO.
XA4-9170-557 000 XA1-7170-207 000 DA3-0181-000 000 DY1-8533-000 000 DY1-8536-000 000
CLASS
F F C C C
QTY
3 5(4) 1 1 1 SCREW SCREW
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
*( )DM-MV630i,MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E DM-MV650i E,MV630i E NEW DM-MV650i E NEW DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E NEW
LOCK, CARD COVER PCB ASSY, R-KEY PCB ASSY, R-KEY
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
XA4-9170-457 000 DG3-0058-000 000 DA3-0176-000 DA3-0193-000 DA3-0179-000 DA3-0192-000 DA3-0175-000 000 000 000 000 000
F C C C B C C B B B B C B C C F F
3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1
SCREW BACKLIGHT ASSY, R KEY DM-MV650i E HOLDER, LCD LOCK SPRING, LCD LIFT LIFTER, LCD SPRING, LCD LOCK LOCK, LCD COVER ASSY, RIGHT COVER ASSY, RIGHT COVER ASSY, RIGHT KNOB, LCD OPEN PCB ASSY, D SW2 KNOB, A-P PCB ASSY, CARD PCB ASSY, CARD SCREW SCREW DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E
NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW
DY1-8505-000 000 DY1-8517-000 000 DY1-8522-000 000 DA3-0178-000 000 DG3-0042-000 DA3-0191-000 DG3-0037-000 DG3-0049-000 000 000 000 000
13 14 15 16
DM-MV650i E,MV630i E DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E DM-MV650i E
17 18
XA4-9170-407 000 XA4-7170-407 000
5-13
LCD Unit Section

9 8
102
6 13 5 4 3 2 1
5-14
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL
1 2
PART NO.
XA1-7170-307 DA3-0283-000 DA3-0285-000 DA3-0288-000 DA3-0289-000 DA3-0334-000 DG3-0039-000 DG1-4135-000 WG2-5210-000 DY1-8333-000 DA3-0261-000 DA3-0264-000 DY1-8507-000 DA3-0262-000 DA2-0399-000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
CLASS
F B B B B B C C B B C C B B C
QTY
4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 SCREW COVER, COVER, COVER, COVER,
DESCRIPTION
LCD LCD LCD LCD TOP TOP TOP TOP
REMARKS
DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E DM-MV600 E NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW
*1 *2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
COVER, LCD TOP DM-MV590 E PCB ASSY, LCD BACK LIGHT ASSY, LCD LCD ASSY LCD ASSY HOLDER, LCD SHEET, BOTTOM COVER HINGE ASSY COVER, LCD BOTTOM SHEET, LCD
NEW NEW NEW NEW
*1 : Same quality as the production line. *2 : Free from the pixel dot.
5-15
Rear Cover Unit Section
8 3 CVF Unit
1 5
74
6 8
2 13 1
5-16
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PART NO.
XA4-9170-407 DF1-5006-000 DA3-0250-000 DY1-8514-000 DA3-0251-000 000 000 000 000 000
CLASS
F C B C B C F F
QTY
5 1 1 1 1 1 4 2
DESCRIPTION
SCREW BATTERY TERMINAL ASSY COVER, REAR PCB ASSY, DC LEVER, BATTERY EJECT NEW SPRING SCREW SCREW
REMARKS
NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW
DA3-0256-000 000 XA9-1481-000 000 XA9-1482-000 000
5-17
CVF Unit Section
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 1 2 17
16 15 14
18
19
172 6
42
42
5-18
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL
1
PART NO.
DA3-0215-000 000 DA3-0223-000 000 DA3-0206-000 000 DA3-0221-000 000 DG3-0057-000 XA1-7170-307 DA3-0207-000 DA3-0222-000 DH2-5022-000 DG3-0038-000 DA3-0218-000 DA3-0217-000 DA3-0219-000 WG2-5241-000 DA3-0216-000 DA3-0208-000 YN1-3111-000 DA3-0211-000 DA3-0212-000 XA4-9170-457 DA3-0210-000 DA2-1840-000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
CLASS
B B B B C F B B C C C C C C C B C C C F C C
QTY
1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1
DESCRIPTION
COVER, DUST COVER, DUST COVER, CVF TOP COVER, CVF TOP HINGE ASSY, CVF SCREW COVER, CVF BOTTOM COVER, CVF BOTTOM FPC, CVF-CAC PCB ASSY, CVF REFLECTOR, CVF CUSHION, CVF PANEL DIFFUSER, CVF LCD ASSY, CVF PLATE, MASK COVER, CVF INNER LENS, EYEPIECE HOLDER, CVF LENS RUBBER, EYE PIECE SCREW KNOB, CVF RUBBER, CVF KNOB
REMARKS
DM-MV650i E,MV630i E DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E DM-MV650i E,MV630i E DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW DM-MV650i E,MV630i E DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW
3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
5-19
Recorder Unit Section

1 CAMERA/LENS UNIT 122
43
63 7 9
123
8 10
11
12
5-20
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
PART NO.
DY1-8499-000 DA1-9903-000 DA3-0160-000 DA1-9779-000 DA2-0314-000 XA9-1167-000 DA3-0161-000 DA3-0162-000 DY1-8511-000 DY1-8519-000 DY1-8526-000 DY1-8525-000 DA3-0163-000 DY1-8513-000 XA1-7170-307 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
CLASS
C C C C C F C C C C C C C C F
QTY
1 1 1 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6
DESCRIPTION
RECORDER UNIT, DMC III LABEL, S CHASSIS HOLDER, RECORDER RUBBER, INSULATION SPRING, PLATE SCREW SHIELD CASE, HA SHIELD CASE, PM 1 PCB ASSY, MAIN PCB ASSY, MAIN PCB ASSY, MAIN PCB ASSY, MAIN SHIELD CASE, PM 2 PCB ASSY, CAC SCREW
REMARKS
NEW
DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E DM-MV600 E,MV590 E
NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW
10 11 12
5-21
Camera Unit Section

1 *1
1 2 3 7 *2 4 LENS UNIT 6 8 9 102
5 13
11 12
143 153 *1, 2 : DM-MV650i E ONLY
5-22
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL
1
PART NO.
DG1-7296-000 000 DA2-1645-000 000 XA9-1349-000 000 DA2-1622-000 000 DH2-5026-000 DA2-1641-000 DH9-0877-000 DA2-1526-000 DY1-8509-000 DG3-0043-000 XA4-9170-607 DH2-5025-000 DA3-0165-000 DA3-0164-000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
CLASS
C C F C C C B C B C F C C C C F
QTY
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 3 3
DESCRIPTION
SHOE CONNECTOR ASSY SPACER, SHOE SCREW RUBBER, INSULATION FPC, AAS-CAC RUBBER, LENS FILTER, IR RUBBER, INSULATION CCD ASSY PCB ASSY, CCD SCREW FPC, CCD-CAC CUSHION, CCD SHEET, SHIELD RUBBER, INSULATION SCREW
REMARKS
DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i E,MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
DM-MV650i E
NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW
DA2-1524-000 000 XA9-1294-000 000
5-23
Lens Unit Section

(6)2 (8) 10 (5) (7) (7) (4) (6)2 (8)
(2)
(3)
(9)
(1)3
5-24
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
PART NO.
XA4-9170-607 YH8-0122-000 YG9-6000-000 YG9-5999-000 YG1-0154-000 XA4-9170-457 YG9-6001-000 XA4-9170-357 YG1-0153-000 DG1-4518-000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
CLASS
F C C C C F C F C B
QTY
3 1 1 1 1 4 2 2 1 1
DESCRIPTION
SCREW IG METER UNIT SHAFT, PZ SHAFT, AF MOTOR, AF SCREW PHOTO, INTERRUPTER SCREW MOTOR, PZ LENS ASSY
REMARKS
NEW
NEW
5-25
DMC III
Mechanical Chassis Section-1

1 3 9
33 2 4
5 7 8
5-26
DMC III
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
PART NO.
DG1-4506-000 XA1-7140-147 DA2-2138-000 DY1-8500-000 DA2-2139-000 DF1-1703-000 DA2-2116-000 DA2-2115-000 DY1-8501-000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
CLASS
B C C E C C C C B
QTY
1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1
DESCRIPTION
COMPARTMENT ASSY, CASSETTE SCREW, CROSS-RECESS, PH SCREW DRUM ASSY WASHER IDLER ASSY SPRING, COIL (DRUM) SCREW CHASSIS ASSY, SLIDE
REMARKS
NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW
5-27
DMC III

1 3 4 9 5 6 11 10 2 1
7 8 12 6 13
5-28
DMC III
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
PART NO.
DA2-0645-000 DG1-4504-000 DS1-0193-000 DF1-1693-000 DF1-1694-000 DA2-2139-000 DF1-1704-000 DS1-0199-000 DG1-4505-000 DA2-2220-000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
CLASS
C C C C C C C C C C C C C
QTY
2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
DESCRIPTION
WASHER REEL ASSY, S SPRING, COIL (TENSION) BRAKE ASSY, TENSION RELEASE ASSY, TENSION WASHER BRAKE ASSY, S SPRING, COIL (S BRAKE) REEL ASSY, T LEVER, EJECT BRAKE, MAIN T SPRING, COIL (T BRAKE) REVIEW ARM ASSY
REMARKS
NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW
DA2-2238-000 000 DS1-0198-000 000 DF1-1695-000 000
5-29
DMC III

1 22 (5) (4) (6) 23 9 22 (7) 3 8
11 12
13
2 10
5-30
DMC III
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
PART NO.
DG1-4502-000 DA2-2261-000 DG1-4497-000 DF1-1687-000 DF1-1688-000 DA2-0780-000 DF1-1686-000 DA2-2259-000 DG1-4503-000 XA1-7140-147 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
CLASS
C C C C C C C C C C C C C
QTY
1 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
DESCRIPTION
MOTOR ASSY, LOADING SCREW GUIDE RAIL ASSY ROLLER ASSY, GUIDE S ROLLER ASSY, GUIDE T SCREW DRUM BASE ASSY SCREW MOTOR ASSY, CAPSTAN SCREW, CROSS-RECESS, PH ROLLER ASSY, PINCH WASHER SPRING, COIL (PINCH)
REMARKS
NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW
DG1-4500-000 000 DA2-2139-000 000 DS1-0192-000 000
5-31
DMC III

1 3
8 4 9 5 2 6
10
5-32
DMC III
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
PART NO.
DA2-2191-000 XA1-7140-147 DA2-2196-000 DA2-2197-000 DA2-2190-000 DA2-2140-000 DA2-2188-000 DA2-2139-000 DA2-2195-000 DG1-4501-000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
CLASS
C C C C C C C C C C
QTY
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
DESCRIPTION
LEVER, CAM SCREW, CROSS-RECESS, PH BELT, TIMING GEAR, PULLEY GEAR, CONNECT WASHER GEAR, WHEEL WASHER GEAR, CAPSTAN CHASSIS ASSY, MAIN
REMARKS
NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW
5-33
Accessory Section-1
CG-570 N.S. (Product available) CA-570 1 N.S. (Product available)
CB-570 N.S. (Product available) SDC-8M N.S. (Commercially availabel. Make copy sample pictures if necessary.)
JPN A E PLUG TYPE B AS
3 WIDE ATTACHMENT
N.S. (Product available) BP-511/512/522/535
WL-D79A WL-D80A, E
DM-MV650i E ONLY
(7)
(6)
5-34
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL
1 2
PART NO.
DY1-8531-000 D82-0643-000 D82-0644-000 D82-0645-000 D55-0170-000 000 000 000 000 000
CLASS
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
QTY
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
DESCRIPTION
DC CABLE CORD, AC(E) CORD, AC(B) CORD, AC(AS) WIDE ATTACHMENT COVER, TERMINAL BP-511(BROWN) COVER, TERMINAL BP-522(GRAY) WL-79A WIRELESS CONTROLLER WL-80A WIRELESS CONTROLLER WL-80E WIRELESS CONTROLLER COVER, BATTERY COVER, BATTERY LABEL, WIRELESS CONTROLLER(A) LABEL, WIRELESS CONTROLLER(A)
REMARKS
PLUG TYPE PLUG TYPE PLUG TYPE DM-MV650i E B AS E
3 4 5
DY1-8242-000 000 DY1-8303-000 000 D83-0622-000 000 D83-0652-000 000 D83-0653-000 000
BP-511/512 BP-522/535 DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E WL-D79A WL-D80A,WL-D80E WL-D79A WL-D80A,WL-D80E
6 7
DY1-8528-000 000 DY1-8121-000 000 DY1-8530-000 000 DY1-8119-000 000
5-35
Accessory Section-2
N.S. (Product available) DM-50 2 N.S. (Product available) WD-30.5 5
4 N.S. (Product available) TL-30.5 5
N.S. (Product available) VL-3
IFC-300PCU N.S. (Product available) 4 N.S. (Product available) FS-30.5
PC-A10
7 6 SS-800
5-36
MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
PART NO.
DY1-8246-000 DY1-8247-000 DY1-8245-000 DY4-4764-000 DY4-4765-000 000 000 000 000 000
CLASS
C C E C C C C
QTY
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
DESCRIPTION
WIND SCREEN, FRONT WIND SCREEN, REAR LAMP, HAROGEN CAP, CONVERTER(FRONT) CAP, CONVERTER(REAR) SHOULDER STRAP SS-800 CONNECTOR, SCART PC-A10
REMARKS
D81-1430-000 000 DY4-3338-000 000
5-37
FUSE Replacement Instruction
CAUTION - For continued protection against risk of fire, replace FU1801, FU3201, FU3204, FU3205 only with same type : 494001 1.0A-50V FUSE and replace FU3202, FU3203 only same type : 49401.5 1.5A-50V FUSE MANUFACTURER : LITTELFUSE.
CN303 CN891
CN300 CN302
CN2000
CN301
CN102 IC300 IC301 CN2101 IC100 IC103
CN101
CN100 IC102 IC1802
CN990 CN1101
IC2100
IC3204
CN3202
CN2900 CN2501
CN3201
MAIN P.C.B.
FU1801
FU3205 FU3201 FU3202 FU3204 FU3203
5-38
ELECTRICAL PARTS
SYMBOL PART NO.
000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
CLASS
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
QTY
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
DESCRIPTION
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR 33p 10p 11p 18p
REMARKS
MAIN P.C.B ASSY CN100 VS1-6596-033 CN101 VS1-5988-010 CN300 VS1-5817-011 CN302 VS1-7005-018 CN303 CN891 CN2101 CN2501 FU1801 FU3201 FU3202 FU3203 FU3204 FU3205 VS1-6851-021 VS1-5988-009 VS1-6851-039 WS1-6098-000 VD7-2241-001 VD7-2241-001 VD7-2241-501 VD7-2241-501 VD7-2241-001 VD7-2241-001
NEW NEW NEW NEW
CONNECTOR 21p CONNECTOR 9p CONNECTOR 39p CONNECTOR, DV CHIP FUSE CHIP CHIP CHIP CHIP CHIP FUSE FUSE FUSE FUSE FUSE
CAC P.C.B ASSY CN1001 VS1-6228-015 000 CN1201 VS1-6851-021 000 CN1501 VS1-6851-023 000 JACK P.C.B ASSY CN1 WS1-5716-000 CN2 WS1-5524-000 CN3 WS1-6004-000 CN4 WS1-6104-000 CN7
CONNECTOR 15p CONNECTOR 21p CONNECTOR 23p
NEW
000 000 000 000
C C C C C
1 1 1 1 1
JACK, JACK, JACK, JACK,
MIC MINI AV USB S-VIDEO
NEW
VS1-6851-039 000
CONNECTOR 39p
5-39
PARTS LIST
PAGE
3 35 37 35 35 35 35 35 35 21 21 21 15 3 29 31 23 23 23 23 23 11 19 27 27 27 27,29,31,33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 29 29 31 31 21 21 21 21 23 23 13 13 13 13 11 13 11 11 7 13 13 13 19 19 19
PART NO.
D52-0220-000 D55-0170-000 D81-1430-000 D82-0643-000 D82-0644-000 D82-0645-000 D83-0622-000 D83-0652-000 D83-0653-000 DA1-9779-000 DA1-9903-000 DA2-0314-000 DA2-0399-000 DA2-0436-000 DA2-0645-000 DA2-0780-000 DA2-1524-000 DA2-1526-000 DA2-1622-000 DA2-1641-000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
CLASS
B C C C C C C C C C C C C B C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B B B C C B C B C C B B B
QTY
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
NEW
CAP, LENS WIDE ATTACHMENT DM-MV650i E SHOULDER STRAP SS-800 CORD, AC(E) PLUG TYPE E CORD, AC(B) PLUG TYPE B CORD, AC(AS) WL-79A WIRELESS CONTROLLER WL-80A WIRELESS CONTROLLER WL-80E WIRELESS CONTROLLER RUBBER, INSULATION LABEL, S CHASSIS SPRING, PLATE SHEET, LCD SHOE, ACCESSORY WASHER SCREW RUBBER, RUBBER, RUBBER, RUBBER, INSULATION INSULATION INSULATION LENS DM-MV630i E,MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E DM-MV650i E,MV630i E
PLUG TYPE AS DM-MV650i E,DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E DM-MV600 E,DM-MV590 E
DA2-1645-000 000 DA2-1650-000 000 DA2-1840-000 000 DA2-2115-000 000 DA2-2116-000 DA2-2138-000 DA2-2139-000 DA2-2140-000 DA2-2188-000 DA2-2190-000 DA2-2191-000 DA2-2195-000 DA2-2196-000 DA2-2197-000 DA2-2220-000 DA2-2238-000 DA2-2259-000 DA2-2261-000 DA3-0160-000 DA3-0161-000 DA3-0162-000 DA3-0163-000 DA3-0164-000 DA3-0165-000 DA3-0175-000 DA3-0176-000 DA3-0178-000 DA3-0179-000 DA3-0180-000 DA3-0181-000 DA3-0182-000 DA3-0185-000 DA3-0186-000 DA3-0191-000 DA3-0192-000 DA3-0193-000 DA3-0206-000 DA3-0207-000 DA3-0208-000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
SPACER, SHOE CUSHION RUBBER, CVF KNOB SCREW SPRING, COIL (DRUM) SCREW WASHER WASHER GEAR, WHEEL GEAR, CONNECT LEVER, CAM GEAR, CAPSTAN BELT, TIMING GEAR, PULLEY LEVER, EJECT BRAKE, MAIN T SCREW SCREW HOLDER, RECORDER SHIELD CASE, HA SHIELD CASE, PM 1 SHIELD CASE, PM 2 SHEET, SHIELD CUSHION, CCD LOCK, LCD HOLDER, LCD LOCK KNOB, LCD OPEN LIFTER, LCD COVER, CARD LOCK, CARD COVER SHAFT, CARD COVER COVER, LI BATT BASE, TRIPOD KNOB, A-P SPRING, LCD LOCK SPRING, LCD LIFT COVER, CVF TOP COVER, CVF BOTTOM COVER, CVF INNER
NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW
DM-MV650i E,MV630i E DM-MV650i E,MV630i E DM-MV650i E,MV630i E
DM-MV650i E,MV630i E DM-MV650i E,MV630i E
5-40
PARTS LIST
PAGE
19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 9 9 7 7 7 9 9 7 7 17 17 17 15 15 15 5 5 5 5 15 15 15 15 9 9 9 9 9 9 3 7 11 15 9 31 31 31 29 29 29 27 29 9
PART NO.
DA3-0210-000 DA3-0211-000 DA3-0212-000 DA3-0215-000 DA3-0216-000 DA3-0217-000 DA3-0218-000 DA3-0219-000 DA3-0221-000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
CLASS
C C C B C C C C B B B B B C B B C C C C B B C C B C C C B B B B B B C C C C B B C C C B C C C C C C C C C C
QTY
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
DESCRIPTION
KNOB, CVF HOLDER, CVF LENS RUBBER, EYE PIECE COVER, DUST PLATE, MASK CUSHION, CVF PANEL REFLECTOR, CVF DIFFUSER, CVF COVER, CVF TOP COVER, CVF BOTTOM COVER, DUST COVER, LEFT COVER, CASSETTE PLATE, C LOCK KNOB, CASSETTE OPEN KNOB, CHANGE SHAFT, GRIP BELT STRAP, PLATE, PLATE, COVER, LEVER, HAND C SUPPORT CHANGE REAR BATTERY EJECT
REMARKS
NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW DM-MV650i E,MV630i E DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E DM-MV600 E DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E DM-MV600 E DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW
DM-MV650i E,MV630i E
DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E DM-MV650i E
DA3-0222-000 000 DA3-0223-000 000 DA3-0225-000 000 DA3-0226-000 DA3-0234-000 DA3-0235-000 DA3-0236-000 DA3-0239-000 DA3-0240-000 DA3-0248-000 DA3-0249-000 DA3-0250-000 DA3-0251-000 DA3-0256-000 DA3-0261-000 DA3-0262-000 DA3-0264-000 DA3-0265-000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
SPRING HOLDER, LCD COVER, LCD BOTTOM SHEET, BOTTOM COVER RUBBER, MIC SHIELD, MIC COVER, L JACK COVER, L JACK COVER, LCD TOP COVER, COVER, COVER, LABEL, LABEL, LABEL, LABEL, COVER, COVER, CUSHION CUSHION CUSHION COVER, LCD TOP LCD TOP LCD TOP LCD TOP NAME NAME NAME NAME LEFT LEFT
DA3-0267-000 000 DA3-0274-000 000 DA3-0281-000 000 DA3-0283-000 000 DA3-0285-000 DA3-0288-000 DA3-0289-000 DA3-0290-000 DA3-0291-000 DA3-0292-000 DA3-0293-000 DA3-0294-000 DA3-0296-000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
DA3-0299-000 000 DA3-0330-000 000 DA3-0332-000 000 DA3-0334-000 000 DA3-0335-000 DF1-1686-000 DF1-1687-000 DF1-1688-000 DF1-1693-000 DF1-1694-000 DF1-1695-000 DF1-1703-000 DF1-1704-000 DF1-5005-000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E DM-MV590 E
LABEL, NAME DM-MV590 E DRUM BASE ASSY ROLLER ASSY, GUIDE S ROLLER ASSY, GUIDE T BRAKE ASSY, TENSION RELEASE ASSY, TENSION REVIEW ARM ASSY IDLER ASSY BRAKE ASSY, S CASSETTE ARM ASSY
5-41
PARTS LIST
PAGE
17 5 15 31 31 33 31 31 29 29 27 25 23 13 19 15 13 23 13 7 7 19 13 19 23 23 23 31 29 29 29 35 35 35 37 37 37 35 *2 15 21 27 27 9 5 5 13 15 23 21 21 17 5 5 13 21 5
PART NO.
DF1-5006-000 DF1-5033-000 DG1-4135-000 DG1-4497-000 DG1-4500-000 DG1-4501-000 DG1-4502-000 DG1-4503-000 DG1-4504-000 DG1-4505-000 DG1-4506-000 DG1-4518-000 DG1-7296-000 DG3-0037-000 DG3-0038-000 DG3-0039-000 DG3-0042-000 DG3-0043-000 DG3-0049-000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
CLASS
C C C C C C C C C C B B C C C C C C C B B C C C C C B C C C C C C C E C C C B C E B C B B B B B C C C B B B C B
QTY
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
DESCRIPTION
BATTERY TERMINAL ASSY MIC ASSY BACK LIGHT ASSY, LCD GUIDE RAIL ASSY ROLLER ASSY, PINCH CHASSIS ASSY, MAIN MOTOR ASSY, LOADING MOTOR ASSY, CAPSTAN REEL ASSY, S REEL ASSY, T
REMARKS
NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW
COMPARTMENT ASSY, CASSETTE LENS ASSY SHOE CONNECTOR ASSY DM-MV650i E PCB ASSY, CARD DM-MV650i E,MV630i E PCB ASSY, CVF PCB PCB PCB PCB ASSY, ASSY, ASSY, ASSY, LCD D SW2 CCD CARD
DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E DM-MV650i E,MV630i E DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E DM-MV650i E
DG3-0055-000 000 DG3-0056-000 000 DG3-0057-000 000 DG3-0058-000 000 DH2-5022-000 DH2-5025-000 DH2-5026-000 DH9-0877-000 DS1-0192-000 DS1-0193-000 DS1-0198-000 DS1-0199-000 DY1-8119-000 DY1-8121-000 DY1-8242-000 DY1-8245-000 DY1-8246-000 DY1-8247-000 DY1-8303-000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
OPERATION KEY ASSY OPERATION KEY ASSY HINGE ASSY, CVF BACKLIGHT ASSY, R KEY FPC, CVF-CAC FPC, CCD-CAC FPC, AAS-CAC FILTER, IR SPRING, COIL (PINCH)
DM-MV650i E
SPRING, COIL (TENSION) SPRING, COIL (T BRAKE) SPRING, COIL (S BRAKE) LABEL, WIRELESS CONTROLLER(A) WL-D80A,WL-D80E COVER, BATTERY WL-D80A,WL-D80E COVER, TERMINAL BP-511(BROWN) BP-511/512 LAMP, HAROGEN WIND SCREEN, FRONT WIND SCREEN, REAR COVER, TERMINAL BP-522(GRAY) BP-522/535 LCD ASSY RECORDER UNIT, DMC III DRUM ASSY CHASSIS ASSY, SLIDE PCB ASSY, EJECT COVER ASSY, F JACK LENS RING ASSY COVER ASSY, RIGHT HINGE ASSY CCD ASSY PCB ASSY, MAIN PCB ASSY, CAC PCB ASSY, DC COVER ASSY, F JACK LENS RING ASSY COVER ASSY, RIGHT PCB ASSY, MAIN COVER ASSY, F JACK DM-MV650i E DM-MV650i E DM-MV650i E
DY1-8333-000 000 DY1-8499-000 000 DY1-8500-000 000 DY1-8501-000 000 DY1-8502-000 DY1-8503-000 DY1-8504-000 DY1-8505-000 DY1-8507-000 DY1-8509-000 DY1-8511-000 DY1-8513-000 DY1-8514-000 DY1-8515-000 DY1-8516-000 DY1-8517-000 DY1-8519-000 DY1-8520-000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW
DM-MV650i E
DM-MV630i E DM-MV630i DM-MV630i DM-MV630i DM-MV600i E E E E,MV600 E
5-42
PARTS LIST
PAGE
5 13 21 21 35 35 35 3 13 3 3 13
PART NO.
DY1-8521-000 000 DY1-8522-000 000 DY1-8525-000 000 DY1-8526-000 DY1-8528-000 DY1-8530-000 DY1-8531-000 DY1-8532-000 000 000 000 000 000
CLASS
B B C C C C C C C C C C
QTY
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
DESCRIPTION
LENS RING ASSY COVER ASSY, RIGHT PCB ASSY, MAIN PCB ASSY, MAIN COVER, BATTERY LABEL, WIRELESS CONTROLLER(A) DC CABLE PCB ASSY, JACK PCB ASSY, R-KEY PCB ASSY, JACK PCB ASSY, JACK PCB ASSY, R-KEY
REMARKS
DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E DM-MV600 E,MV590 E DM-MV600i E WL-D79A WL-D79A DM-MV650i E DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E, NEW NEW NEW NEW
NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW
DY1-8533-000 000 DY1-8534-000 000 DY1-8535-000 000 DY1-8536-000 000
5 5 5 5 37 37 37
DY1-8537-000 000 DY1-8538-000 000 DY1-8539-000 000 DY1-8540-000 DY4-3338-000 DY4-4764-000 DY4-4765-000 VD7-2241-001 VD7-2241-501 VS1-5817-011 VS1-5988-009 VS1-5988-010 VS1-6228-015 VS1-6596-033 VS1-6851-021 VS1-6851-023 VS1-6851-039 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
B B B B C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B C C C C C C C F C F F F F F F F F F F F
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 3 5(4) 5 29 4 2(1) 2 9
COVER ASSY, FRONT COVER ASSY, FRONT COVER ASSY, FRONT
NEW NEW NEW NEW
DM-MV600 E,MV590 E COVER ASSY, F JACK DM-MV590 E CONNECTOR, SCART PC-A10 CAP, CONVERTER(FRONT) CAP, CONVERTER(REAR) CHIP FUSE CHIP FUSE CONNECTOR 11p CONNECTOR 9p CONNECTOR 10p CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR 15p 33p 21p 23p 39p
NEW NEW NEW
*1
15 19 7
VS1-7005-018 WG2-5210-000 WG2-5241-000 WR1-5083-000 WS1-5524-000 WS1-5716-000 WS1-6004-000 WS1-6098-000 WS1-6104-000 XA1-3170-507
CONNECTOR 18p LCD ASSY LCD ASSY, CVF SPEAKER JACK, MINI AV JACK, MIC JACK, USB CONNECTOR, DV JACK, S-VIDEO SCREW
NEW
NEW NEW
3 27,31,33 13 9 3,7,15,19,21 3,11 7,13 25 13,17
XA1-7140-147 000 XA1-7170-207 000 XA1-7170-257 000 XA1-7170-307 000 XA1-7170-407 000 XA4-7170-407 000 XA4-9170-357 000 XA4-9170-407 000
SCREW, CROSS-RECESS, PH SCREW *( )DM-MV630i,MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E SCREW SCREW SCREW SCREW SCREW SCREW *( )DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E *( )DM-MV630i,MV600i E, DM-MV600 E,MV590 E
7,9 XA4-9170-409 000 3,5,7,11,13,19,25 XA4-9170-457 000 13 23,25 XA4-9170-557 000 XA4-9170-607 000
5 SCREW 27(26) SCREW 3 5 SCREW SCREW
5-43
PARTS LIST
PAGE
21 23 23 17 17 25 25 25 25 25 25 19
PART NO.
XA9-1167-000 XA9-1294-000 XA9-1349-000 XA9-1481-000 XA9-1482-000 YG1-0153-000 YG1-0154-000 YG9-5999-000 YG9-6000-000 YG9-6001-000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
CLASS
F F F F F C C C C C C C
QTY
3 3 1 4 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 SCREW SCREW SCREW SCREW SCREW MOTOR, MOTOR, SHAFT, SHAFT, PHOTO,
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
NEW NEW PZ AF AF PZ INTERRUPTER NEW NEW
YH8-0122-000 000 YN1-3111-000 000
IG METER UNIT LENS, EYEPIECE
5-44
CHAPTER 6. BLOCK DIAGRAMS

CONTENTS
INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM BLOCK DIAGRAMS CAMERA SECTION-1 CAMERA SECTION-2 SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION SERVO SECTION AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1 AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-2 POWER SUPPLY SECTION LCD P.C.B. SECTION JACK P.C.B. SECTION
INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM
LENS UNIT
TEMP SENS ZOOM SENS ZOOM MOTOR

DSW2 P.C.B.
LCD UNIT
FOCUS MOTOR FOCUS SENS IG METER CN100 1 5
LCD
RKEY P.C.B.
1 CN101
JOG FPC
RKEY BACK LIGHT ASS'Y
SHOE CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY
DMC III
MIC UNIT MAIN CHASSIS
( DIGITAL MECHANICAL CHASSIS III ) DRUM MOTOR VIDEO HEAD LOADING MOTOR
SLIDE CHASSIS
RED
BLK
CN5
MIC JACK SPEAKER AV JACK EJECT SW USB JACK

CN3
CN1
2 1 CN300 18 CN302 1 11 1
OPERATION KEY UNIT

IC1601 21 CN303 1 CN2000 7 1 IC2000 A15 B15 IC300 IC103 CN102 A1 B1 IC100 IC2300 IC102 1 B1 A1 IC2100 IC801 CN1101 IC803 IC3202 IC3203 IC3204 IC3201 IC2301 IC1802 IC2302 CN301 10 1 1 CN101 10 2 1 CN100
1 CN891 9
BACK LIGHT
CN2
38 39
1 CN2101
JACK P.C.B.
IC301 IC1102
CN7
IC1101 39
IC1602
2 1
BATTERY TERMINAL
1 6
32 33 6 CN3202 1 3 CN3201 1
CN6
2 1
CN990 4 12 CN701 1
B35 A35
S JACK
CN4
DV JACK
CN2501
A1 B1 CN2900 A10 B10
MAIN P.C.B.
IC802
WP4202
IC4201
WP4201
1 CN901 7 1 CN4002 CN902 12
LCD P.C.B.
CCD P.C.B.
1 CN1070 15
14
1 1 3
HINGE ASS'Y DC P.C.B.
IC903
IC902 1 24
IC901
IC1701 IC1202
21 CN1201 1 20 2
15 CN1001
CARD P.C.B.
2 1 CN4001
CN903
CN1
DC JACK
1
IC1001 IC1002
1 22 22 23 CN1501 2 1 1 2 CN4102 CN4101 23 22 1 32 33 1 2
LCD
Metal contact (Pins' face down)

CN4000
Metal contact (Pins' face up)

:
IC1501 B1 1 CN1502 7 CN1002 A1
CVF P.C.B.
1 1 12 12
CAC P.C.B.
Metal contact
B35 A35 IC1502
Metal contact
SD CARD
1 7
01
Feb. 2003
CANON INC. 2003
INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM
MAIN P.C.B. CN100 1 GND 2 CARD DAT2 3 CARD CMD 4 CARD DAT3 5 GND 6 DVDD 3V 7 CHAGE LED 8 GND 9 CARD SCK 10 GND 11 GND 12 CARD ACC LED 13 CARD DAT 14 CARD VSS1 15 CARD DAT1 16 VTR UNREG 17 CARD PRO 18 PANEL B/T SW 19 CARD DET 20 KEY AD0 21 LI 3V 22 KEY AD1 23 PAE/GREEN 24 PANEL OPEN SW 25 DIAL CW 26 DIAL CCW 27 KEY AD2 28 KEY AD3 29 P5V 30 KEY LED2 31 KEY LED1 32 KEY LED0 33 KEY LED0 CN101 1 CK 3V 2 ZOOM AD 3 GND 4 PHOTO SW 5 HALF PHOTO SW 6 TAPE/CARD SW 7 GND 8 START/STOP SW 9 VTR PW SW 10 CAM PW SW CN102 A1 MODE RESET A2 EPM A3 CE A4 CNVSS A5 N.C A6 DEBCLK A7 GND A8 DEBUD A9 GND A10 DEBDD A11 GND A12 XDEBEN A13 GND A14 GND A15 E3V+LI3V B1 GND B2 FLASH CLK B3 FLASH RST B4 FLASH RXD1 B5 FLASH TXD1 B6 N.C B7 DVDD3V B8 CG CS B9 EEP/CG CLK B10 EEP/CG SO B11 DOT CLK B12 OSD I0 B13 OSD I1 B14 VIC HD B15 VIC VD CN300 1 W 2 W 3 COIL COM 4 SENS GARD 5 SENS COM 6 DPG 7 DFG 8 V 9 V 10 U 11 U CN301 1 N.C 2 DEW 3 DEW + 4 LOAD () 5 LOAD () 6 MSW SENS 7 MSW VCC 8 MSW VSS 9 LOAD (+) 10 LOAD (+) CN302 1 U COIL 2 U COIL 3 W COIL 4 W COIL 5 V COIL 6 V COIL 7 CH 8 W 9 W+ 10 C H + 11 U + 12 U 13 V + 14 V 15 CFG2 16 CFG GND 17 CFG VCC 18 CFG1 CN303 1 BOT E 2 BOT C 3 MIC GND 4 MIC3 5 REC PRF 6 MIC2 7 MIC1 8 T IN 9 T OUT 10 T IN + 11 T OUT + 12 C IN 13 CIN GND 14 LED A 15 LED K 16 S IN 17 S OUT 18 S IN + 19 S OUT + 20 EOT E 21 EOT C CN701 1 MIC GND R 2 INT MIC R 3 MIC GND L 4 INT MIC L MAIN P.C.B. CN891 1 SHOE UNREG 2 SHOE UNREG 3 POW GND 4 POW GND 5 ID-1 6 SPACK ON 7 ADV MIC GND 8 ADV MIC L 9 ADV MIC R CN990 1 LCD 3V 2 LCD 5V 3 LCD 8.5V 4 LCD 15V 5 KCD 10V 6 GND 7 MO GND 8 VTR UNREG 9 PANEL XOE 10 PANEL LCK 11 LCD CS 12 LCD EEP CS CN1101 A1 GND A2 RAWDATA (6) A3 RAWDATA (5) A4 RAWDATA (4) A5 RAWDATA (3) A6 RAWDATA (2) A7 GND A8 PWM FA A9 PWM FB A10 PWM ZA A11 PWM ZB A12 Z PSB A13 F PSB A14 Z RES SW A15 F RES SW A16 GND A17 MO GND A18 MO GND A19 P5V A20 P5V A21 VF R A22 VF G A23 VF B A24 GND A25 CSYNC A26 GND A27 EVF BL ON A28 EVF 8.5V A29 LCD 3V A30 EVF EEP CS A31 LCD EEP SOUT A32 EVF SEN A33 LCD EEP SCK A34 EVF EEP SIN A35 EVF 3V ON B1 GND B2 RAWDATA(7) B3 RAWDATA (8) B4 RAWDATA(9) B5 RAWDATA(10) B6 RAWDATA(11) B7 GND B8 GND B9 GND B10 DSP CLK B11 GND B12 AGC CS B13 CAM SO B14 CAM SCK B15 TG RST B16 VGATE B17 XTGHD B18 XTGVD B19 XSG B20 CAM 3V B21 CAM 3V B22 IRIS 3V B23 CCD 15V B24 CCD 7V B25 DA LOAD B26 LED RET B27 I SW B28 P GY OUT B29 Y GY OUT B30 TEMP B31 P GYRO B32 Y GYRO B33 I ENC B34 IRIS CL B35 IRIS OP CN2000 1 HA GND 2 H1A 3 H1B 4 HA GND 5 H2A 6 H2B 7 HA GND CN2101 1 MIC GND 2 EXT L 3 EXT P DET 4 EXT R 5 MIC GND 6 MIC GND 7 P5V 8 CAM LED 9 AV GND 10 AV GND 11 V I/O/HP R 12 AV DET 13 AV GND 14 AV R 15 AV L/HP L 16 AV GND 17 AV GND 18 P GY OUT 19 RMC IN 20 CAM 3V 21 SP + 22 SP 23 V BUS 24 GND 25 GND 26 D 27 D + 28 GND 29 GND 30 Y GY OUT 31 EJECT SW 32 GND 33 S DET 34 Y I/O 35 YC GND 36 YC GND 37 C I/O 38 YC GND 39 N.C MAIN P.C.B. CN2900 A1 V I/O A2 GND A3 VTR POW SW A4 T/C POW SW A5 CAM POW SW A6 FCH O A7 TCK A8 SWP A9 GND A10 PBRF B1 N.C B2 MODE RESET B3 VTR ON IC3201 B4 N.C B5 MIC2 B6 MIC3 B7 TRST B8 TMS B9 TDI B10 TDO CN3201 1 DC 2 DC + 3 DC J SW CN3202 1 BATT E3 2 BATT INFO AD 3 BATT 4 BATT 5 BATT + 6 BATT + CAC P.C.B. CN1001 1 VSUB 2 V2 3 V1 4 V3 5 V4 6 GND 7 RESET 8 H1 9 H2 10 GND 11 CCD VH 15V 12 CCD VL 7.5V 13 GND 14 CCD OUT 15 GND CN1002 A1 GND A2 RAWDATA (6) A3 RAWDATA (5) A4 RAWDATA (4) A5 RAWDATA (3) A6 RAWDATA (2) A7 GND A8 PWM FA A9 PWM FB A10 PWM ZA A11 PWM ZB A12 Z PSB A13 F PSB A14 Z RES SW A15 F RES SW A16 GND A17 MO GND A18 MO GND A19 P5V A20 P5V A21 VF R A22 VF G A23 VF B A24 GND A25 CSYNC A26 GND A27 EVF BL ON A28 EVF 8.5V A29 LCD 3V A30 EVF EEP CS A31 LCD EEP SOUT A32 EVF SEN A33 LCD EEP SCK A34 EVF EEP SIN A35 EVF 3V ON B1 GND B2 RAWDATA(7) B3 RAWDATA (8) B4 RAW\DATA(9) B5 RAWDATA(10) B6 RAWDATA(11) B7 GND B8 GND B9 GND B10 DSP CLK B11 GND B12 AGC CS B13 CAM SO B14 CAM SCK B15 TG RST B16 VGATE B17 XTGHD B18 XTGVD B19 XSG B20 CAM 3V B21 CAM 3V B22 IRIS 3V B23 CCD 15V B24 CCD 7V B25 DA LOAD B26 LED RET B27 I SW B28 P GY OUT B29 Y GY OUT B30 TEMP B31 P GYRO B32 Y GYRO B33 I ENC B34 IRIS CL B35 IRIS OP CN1201 1 DRIVE (+) 2 DRIVE () 3 HALL IN (+) 4 HALL OUT (+) 5 HALL IN() 6 HALL OUT () 7 GND 8 FOCUS A 9 FOCUS B 10 FOCUS-B 11 FOCUS-A 12 FOCUS VCC 13 ZOOM LED 14 ZOOM SENS 15 TEMP 16 FOCUS LED 17 FOCUS SENS 18 ZOOM-B 19 ZOOM B 20 ZOOM-A 21 ZOOM A CN1501 1 XSTH 2 STH 3 CKH1 4 VSS 5 CKH2 6 VDD 7 G 8 R 9 B 10 VSS 11 DSG 12 XDSG 13 DSD 14 VBB 15 ENB 16 XENB 17 XSTV 18 STV 19 CKV2 20 CKV1 21 COM 22 BL5V 23 BL5V CN1502 1 LCD EEP SOUT 2 LCD EEP SCK 3 EVF EEP SIN 4 C SYNC 5 PANEL R 6 PANEL G 7 PANEL B JACK P.C.B. CN5 1 SP + 2 SP CN6 1 GND 2 EJECT SW CN7 1 YC GND 2 C I/O 3 YC GND 4 YC GND 5 Y I/O 6 S DET 7 GND 8 EJECT SW 9 Y GY OUT 10 GND 11 GND 12 D + 13 D 14 GND 15 GND 16 VBUS 17 SP 18 SP + 19 CAM 3V 20 RMC IN 21 P GY OUT 22 AV GND 23 AV GND 24 AV L/HP L 25 AV R 26 AV GND 27 AV DET 28 V I/O/HP R 29 AV GND 30 AV GND 31 CAM LED 32 P5V 33 MIC GND 34 MIC GND 35 EXT R 36 EXT P DET 37 EXT L 38 MIC GND 39 N.C CARD P.C.B. CN4000 1 MMC RSV 2 MMC CMD 3 MMC VSS1 4 MMC VDD 5 MMC CLK 6 MMC VSS1 7 MMC DAT 8 MMC DAT1 9 MMC DAT2 10 CARD PRO 11 GND 12 CARD DET CN4001 1 KEY LED0 2 KEY LED1 3 KEY LED2 4 P5V 5 KEY AD3 6 KEY AD2 7 DIAL CCW 8 DIAL CW 9 PANEL OPEN SW 10 PAE/GREEN 11 KEY AD1 12 LI 3V 13 KEY AD0 14 CARD DET 15 PANEL B/T SW 16 CARD PRO 17 VTR UNREG 18 CARD DAT1 19 CARD VSS1 20 CARD DAT 21 CARD ACC LED 22 GND 23 GND 24 CARD SCK 25 GND 26 CHAGE LED 27 DVDD 3V 28 GND 29 CARD DAT3 30 CARD CMD 31 CARD DAT2 32 GND 33 GND CN4002 1 MENU 2 GND 3 DIAL CW 4 DIAL CCW 5 DIAL PUSH 6 GND 7 PANEL B/T SW 8 PANEL OPEN SW 9 P5V 10 KEY LED0 11 KEY LED1 12 KEY LED2 13 KEY AD2 14 REW KEY CVF P.C.B. CN4101 1 BL5V 2 COM 3 CKV1 4 CKV2 5 STV 6 XSTV 7 XENB 8 ENB 9 VBB 10 DSD 11 XDSG 12 DSG 13 GND 14 B 15 R 16 G 17 VDD 18 CKH2 19 VSS 20 CKH1 21 STH 22 XSTH 23 XSTH CN4102 1 XSTH 2 STH 3 VSS 4 CKH1 5 CKH2 6 VDD 7 CSH 8 G 9 R 10 B 11 DSG 12 XDSG 13 DSD 14 VBB 15 CSV 16 ENB 17 XENB 18 XSTV 19 STV 20 CKV2 21 CKV1 22 COM LCD P.C.B. CN901 1 LCD EEP SOUT 2 LCD EEP SCK 3 SIN1 4 C SYNC 5 PANEL R 6 PANEL G 7 PANEL B CN902 1 LCD 3V 2 LCD 5V 3 LCD 8.5V 4 LCD 15V 5 LCD 10V 6 GND 7 MO GND 8 VTR UNREG 9 PANEL XOE 10 PANEL LCK 11 LCD CS 12 LCD EEP CS CN903 1 VGL 2 N.C 3 STVR 4 U/D 5 CKV 6 DEV 7 STVL 8 VCC 9 VGH 10 VCOM 11 AVDD 12 STHR 13 L/R 14 N.C 15 VR 16 VG 17 VB 18 GND 19 CPH3 20 CPH2 21 CPH1 22 Q1H 23 OEH 24 STHL RKEY P.C.B. CN100 1 P5V 2 KEY LED0 3 KEY LED1 4 KEY LED2 5 N.C CN101 1 GND 2 PANEL B/T SW
CCD P.C.B. CN1070 1 GND 2 CCD OUT 3 GND 4 VL (7.5V) 5 VH (+15V) 6 GND 7 H2 8 H1 9 RESET 10 GND 11 V4 12 V3 13 V1 14 V2 15 VSUB
CAMERA SECTION-1
ANALOG VIDEO SIGNAL DIGITAL VIDEO SIGNAL

CAC P.C.B.
CCD P.C.B.
CCD VL -7.5V
CAM 3V P5V
2 VL CCD VH 15V SUB 10 V1 V2 V3 V4 VDD 4 3 2 1 8 CN1070 VSUB V1 V2 V3 V4 VH ( + 15V) VL ( 7.5V) RESET H1 H2 CCD OUT Q1071 BUFFER VH ( + 15V) 15 13 14 12 11 5 4 9 8 7 2 1 2 3 4 5 11 12 7 8 9 14 CN1001 VSUB V2 V1 V3 V4 CCD VH 15V CCD VL -7.5V RESET H1 H2 CCD OUT VH ( + 15V) VSUB V2 V1 V3 V4 CCD VH 15V CCD VL -7.5V 16 VH 20 VHH 1 3 5 DSUB DV2 DV1
6 CH1 IV1 IV2 8 7 9 CH1 IV1 IV2 ISUB IV4 CH2 IV3 RESET H1 H2 CCD OUT 36 CH 1 42 V 1 41 V 2 34 SUB 39 V 4 35 CH 2 40 V 3 27 R 28 H1 31 H2 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 RAWDATA (2) RAWDATA (3) RAWDATA (4) RAWDATA (5) RAWDATA (6) RAWDATA (7) RAWDATA (8) RAWDATA (9) RAWDATA (10) RAWDATA (11) LCD 3V CAM 3V IRIS 3V CCD 15V CCD 7V VDC
IC1001 MN3112SA V-DRIVER
ISUB 10 IV4 12 CH2 13 IV3 14
17 DV3 18 DV4
IC1070 ICX089AK CCD
VL 11 RG 9
H1 12 H2 13 VOUT 7
IC1002 AN12070A TG/CDS/AGC/AD
D7 D8
D9 10 52 CCD OUT 11 DRVDD 14 DVDD2 CLKO 17 CS 62 CLR 19 VCTRL 18 HD IN 16 VD IN 15
P5V 5 8 FOCUS A FOCUS B TO LENS UNIT 8 9 10 11 18 19 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 12 14 15 17 13 16 CN1201 FOCUS A FOCUS B FOCUS B FOCUS A ZOOM B ZOOM B ZOOM A ZOOM A DRIVE ( + ) DRIVE ( ) HALL IN ( + ) HALL OUT ( + ) HALL IN ( ) HALL OUT ( ) FOCUS VCC ZOOM SENS TEMP FOCUS SENS ZOOM LED FOCUS LED FOCUS B FOCUS A ZOOM B ZOOM B ZOOM A ZOOM A VM 1 VM 2 PWM FA PWM FB PWM ZA PWM ZB Z PSB CAM 3V VDD 12 CAM 3V
DSP CLK AGC CS TG RST VGATE XTGHD XTGVD
20 CCD SW 26 DVDD3 29 DVDD3 32 DVDD3 37 DVDD2 48 AVDD 50 AVDD 59 DVDD1
18 VM 3 4 9 7 6 OUT 1F OUT 2F OUT 2R OUT 1R IN 1 3
IC1701 BH6564FV MOTOR DRIVE
IN 2 10 IN 3 21 IN 4 15 EN 4 14 EN 3 22 EN 2 11 EN 1 2
SDATA 63 SCK 64
17 OUT 4R 16 OUT 4F 19 OUT 3R 20 OUT 3F
F PSB
DRIVE ( + ) CAM 3V DRIVE ( ) HALL IN ( + ) HALL OUT ( + ) HALL IN ( ) HALL OUT ( ) Q1201
2 1 3 4 5 6
2 1 3 4 5 6
35 35 36 36 37 37 34 34 33 33 18 18 DA LOAD IRIS CL IRIS OP I SW P GY OUT Y GY OUT P GYRO LCD 3V Y GYRO Q1506 Q1505 EVF 8.5V
IC1202 BH9910KV IRIS DRIVE
27 27 28 28 19 19 29 29 20 20
CN1002 XSG P5V P5V LCD 3V CAM 3V CAM 3V IRIS 3V CCD 15V CCD 7V RAWDATA (2) RAWDATA (3) RAWDATA (4) RAWDATA (5) RAWDATA (6) RAWDATA (7) RAWDATA (8) RAWDATA (9) RAWDATA (10) RAWDATA (11) DSP CLK AGC CS TG RST VGATE XTGHD XTGVD PWM FA PWM FB PWM ZA PWM ZB Z PSB F PSB CAM SO CAM SCK DA LOAD IRIS CL IRIS OP I SW P GY OUT Y GY OUT P GYRO Y GYRO I ENC Z RES SW TEMP F RES SW LED RET CSYNC VF B VF G VF R LCD EEP SOUT LCD EEP SCK EVF SEN EVF EEP CS EVF EEP SIN EVF BL ON EVF 8.5V EVF 3V ON
B19 A19 A20 A29 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B10 B12 B15 B16 B17 B18 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 B13 B14 B25 B34 B35 B27 B28 B29 B31 B32 B33 A14 B30 A15 B26 A25 A23 A22 A21 A31 A33 A32 A30 A34 A27 A28 A35
TO CAMERA SECTION-2 MAIN P.C.B. CN1101
TO SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION MAIN P.C.B. CN1101
CAM 3V
15 15 21 21
30 30 10 10 9 8 9 8 I ENC
P5V IRIS 3V
46 46 45 45
CVF P.C.B.
Q4101 Q4102 CN4101 BL5V COM CKV1 CKV2 STV XSTV XENB ENB VBB DSD XDSG DSG B R G VDD CKH2 CKH1 STH XSTH XSTH CN1501 XSTH STH CKH1 CKH2 G R B DSG XDSG ENB XENB XSTV STV CKV2 CKV1 COM DSD VDD VBB BL5V BL5V
LCD (CVF)
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 6 5 4 2 1
CN4102 COM CKV1 CKV2 STV XSTV XENB ENB VBB DSD XDSG DSG B R G VDD CKH2 CKH1 STH XSTH
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 22 23
1 2 3 5 7 8 9 11 12 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 13 6 14 22 23
XSTH STH CKH1 CKH2 G R B DSG XDSG ENB XENB XSTV EVF 8.5V STV CKV2 CKV1 Q1509 Q1507 COM DSD
17 XSTH 18 STH 20 CKH 1 19 CKH 2 43 GOUT 45 ROUT 40 BOUT 24 DSG 23 XDSG 30 ENB 29 XENB 25 XSTV 26 STV 27 CKV2 28 CKV1 38 COMOUT 50 DSDOUT 39 VCCCOM VCC 1 49 SYNC IN 57 VDD 1 1 LCD 3V EVF A3V 2 3 8 SK DI VCC Q1503 Q1501 GIN 54 BIN 55 RIN 53 Q1504 Q1502 CN1502 PANEL R PANEL G PANEL B EVF EEP SIN LCD EEP SCK LCD EEP SOUT C SYNC TO HINGE ASS'Y
IC1501 LV4141W EVF DRIVER
HDIN 60 DATA SCLK LOAD 7 8 6
5 6 7 3 2 1 4
IC1502 BR9020FFV-W EEPROM
CS
VDD 2 11 VDD 0 12
DO
EVF 8.5V
47 VCC 2
01
Feb. 2003
CANON INC. 2003
CAMERA SECTION-2
MAIN P.C.B.(1/6)
DIGITAL VIDEO SIGNAL
DIGITAL AUDIO SIGNAL
DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, CM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E

MADDR L(10) MADDR L(11) MADDR L(12) MADDR L(6) MADDR L(7) MADDR L(8) MADDR L(9)
MADDR L(0)
MADDR L(1)
MADDR L(2)
MADDR L(3)
MADDR L(4)
MADDR L(5)
156 234 304 69 155 233 303 68 154 67 153 66 231 71 235 305 158 236 306 73 159 74 237 XMWE L XMCAS L XMRAS L MDQM L3 MDQM L2 MDQM L1 MADDR L0 MADDR L1 MADDR L2 MADDR L3 MADDR L4 MADDR L5 MADDR L6 MADDR L7 MADDR L8 MADDR L9 MADDR L10 MADDR L11 MADDR L12 MDQM L0 XMCS L MCKE L MCLK L
17 /WE
18 /CAS
19 /RAS
20 /CS
68 CLK
67 CKE
59 DQM3
28 DQM2
71 DQM1
16 DQM0
25 A0
26 A1
27 A2
60 A3
61 A4
62 A5
63 A6
64 A7
65 A8
66 A9
24 A10/AP
22 BA0
23 BA1 DQ0 DQ1 DQ2 DQ3 DQ4 2 4 5 7 8 MDATA L(0) MDATA L(1) MDATA L(2) MDATA L(3) MDATA L(4) MDATA L(5) MDATA L(6) MDATA L(7) MDATA L(8) MDATA L(9) MDATA L(10) MDATA L(11) MDATA L(12) MDATA L(13) MDATA L(14) MDATA L(15) MDATA L(16) MDATA L(17) MDATA L(18) MDATA L(19) MDATA L(20) MDATA L(21) MDATA L(22) MDATA L(23) MDATA L(24) MDATA L(25) MDATA L(26) MDATA L(27) MDATA L(28) MDATA L(29) MDATA L(30) MDATA L(31)
AUDO2 258 AUDI1 20
301 MDATA L0 152 MDATA L1 230 MDATA L2 151 MDATA L3 300 MDATA L4 64 MDATA L5 229 MDATA L6 150 MDATA L7 299 MDATA L8 228 MDATA L9 149 MDATA L10 62 MDATA L11 298 MDATA L12 227 MDATA L13 61 MDATA L14 297 MDATA L15 226 MDATA L16 147 MDATA L17 60 MDATA L18 59 MDATA L19 146 MDATA L20 58 MDATA L21 145 MDATA L22 295 MDATA L23 224 MDATA L24 57 MDATA L25 223 MDATA L26 294 MDATA L27 56 MDATA L28 143 MDATA L29 222 MDATA L30 55 MDATA L31 96 RAWDATA 2 4 RAWDATA 3
EADDR M0 291 EADDR M1 219 EADDR M2 52 EADDR M3 139 EADDR M4 290 EADDR M5 218 EADDR M6 51 EADDR M7 289 EADDR M8 217 EADDR M9 137 EADDR M10 49 EADDR M11 136 EADDR M12 288 EADDR M13 216 EADDR M14 135 EADDR M15 215 EADDR M16 287 EADDR M17 47 EADDR M18 46 EADDR M19 134 EADDR M20 214 EADDR M21 133 EADDR M22 213 EDATA M0 285 EDATA M1 44 EDATA M2 132 EDATA M3 43 EDATA M4 212 AUD2 I MACS I EADDR M0 toM22 EDATA M0 to M15 XEWRU XERD TRST TMS 27M TO CAMERA SECTION-1 CAC P.C.B. CN1002
DQ5 10 DQ6 11 DQ7 13 DQ8 74 DQ9 76 DQ10 77 DQ11 79 DQ12 80 DQ13 82 DQ14 83
IC1101 HY57V643220CT-55 SDRAM
DQ15 85 DQ16 31 DQ17 33 DQ18 34 DQ19 36 DQ20 37 DQ21 39 DQ22 40 DQ23 42 DQ24 45 DQ25 47 DQ26 48
TO CAMERA SECTION-1 CAC P.C.B. CN1002
A19 A20 A29 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B10 B16 B17 B18 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A21 A23 A22 A25 B12 B13 B14 B15 B19 B25 B26 B27 B28 B29 B30 B31 B32 B33 B34 B35
CN1101 P5V P5V LCD 3V CAM 3V CAM 3V IRIS 3V CCD 15V CCD 7V RAWDATA (2) RAWDATA (3) RAWDATA (4) RAWDATA (5) RAWDATA (6) RAWDATA (7) RAWDATA (8) RAWDATA (9) RAWDATA (10) RAWDATA (11) DSP CLK VGATE XTGHD XTGVD PWM FA PWM FB PWM ZA PWM ZB Z PSB F PSB Z RES SW F RES SW VF R VF B VF G CSYNC AGC CS CAM SO CAM SCK TG RST XSG DA LOAD LED RET I SW P GY OUT Y GY OUT TEMP P GYRO Y GYRO I ENC IRIS CL IRIS OP
DQ27 50 P 5V LCD 3V CAM 3V IRIS 3V CCD 15V CCD 7V DQ28 51 DQ29 53 DQ30 54 DQ31 56
IC1102 MB87M1285PBT MACS
EDATA M5 131 EDATA M6 42 EDATA M7 211 EDATA M8 130 EDATA M9 283 EDATA M10 41 EDATA M11 210 EDATA M12 40 EDATA M13 282 EDATA M14 209 EDATA M15 128 BDATA 0 202 BDATA 1 31 BDATA 2 275 BDATA 3 201 BDATA 4 30 BDATA 5 119 BDATA 6 274 BDATA 7 200 ADATA 0 116 ADATA 1 271 ADATA 2 197 ADATA 3 25 ADATA 4 270 ADATA 5 24 ADATA 6 23 ADATA 7 113 MCCLK A 14 MCDT A3 105 MCDT A2 188 MCDT A1 263 MCDT A0 15 MCCMD A 189 CARD SCK CARD DAT3 CARD DAT2 CARD DAT1 CARD DAT CARD CMD CARD SCK CARD DAT3 CARD DAT2 CARD DAT1 CARD DAT CARD CMD TO SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION MAIN P.C.B.
255 RAWDATA 4 179 RAWDATA 5 3 RAWDATA 6
94 RAWDATA 7 TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1 254 RAWDATA 8 178 RAWDATA 9 2 RAWDATA 10
93 RAWDATA 11 6 7 21 PWM3 111 PWM2 266 PWM1 194 PWM0 10 CDATA4 101 CDATA5 271 ICS0 199 ICS1 Q2302 312 VF R2 175 VF B2 91 VF G2 69 CSYNC0 324 SCS4 13 SO3 12 SCLK3 346 D7 292 C LKON 263 SCS8 185 CDATA3 319 CDATA2 137 AIN8 50 AIN4 ADATA 0 6 ADATA 1 315 ADATA 2 314 ADATA 3 179 ADATA 4 255 ADATA 5 95 ADATA 6 BDATA 0 BDATA 1 BDATA 2 BDATA 3 BDATA 4 BDATA 5 BDATA 6 BDATA 7 3 TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-2 IC2301 TGCLK TG HD
182 TG VD AMCK 228 AUD1 I 227 AUD1 O 148 LRCK 62 WCK 149 RDY 46 LREQ 348 XEINT0 283 XECS5 211 XEWRL 281 EDREQ 133 Q2301 EDACK 282 AUDI2 AUDO1 LRCLK WCLK RDY XEINT1 XEINT0 XECS M XEWRL M DREQ0 XDACK0 XRESET TDI BDATA CLK 8 VGATE
111 AUDI2 21 AUDO1 194 LRCLK 112 WCLK 142 RDY 221 XEINT1 54 XEINT0 141 XECS M 292 XEWRL M 281 DREQ0 127 XDACK0 22 XRESET 184 TDI 276 BDATACLK
IC2301(1/3) MB87M1255 VIC3
SI3 105 TDO 113 CCLK 103
XEWRU M 220 XERD M 53 TRST 185 TMS 9
VCLK 121 TCK 101
TO JACK P.C.B. SECTION JACK P.C.B. CN7
18 30
CN2101 P GY OUT Y GY OUT
340 AIN5 217 AIN6 186 CDATA0 11 CDATA1
ADATA 7 178
100 318 183 99 317
316 182
01
Feb. 2003
CANON INC. 2003
SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION

MAIN P.C.B.(2/6)
CK 3V
11 RESET E3V+LI3V MICOM UNREG E3V 12 VOUT 13 VIN 14 VRO 5 DVDD 3V 7 SW VDC
68 PHOTO SWITCH
69 HARF PHOTO SWITCH
70 START/STOP SWITCH VTR POWER SWITCH 76 CAM POWER SWITCH 77 T/XC PW SW 78 FCHO/DEBUGO 36 EPM 39 CE 44 CNVSS 7 DVDD3V E3V+LI3V
LIDET VBAT CS
2 D100 3 4 Q100 6 LI 3V
25 LI3V DETECT
CN101 CK 3V PHOTO SW HALF PHOTO SW START/STOP SW TAPE/CARD SW VTR PW SW CAM PW SW ZOOM AD CN102 DVDD3V E3V+LI3V EPM CE CNVSS FLASH CLK FLASH RST FLASH RXD1 FLASH TXD1 MODE RESET DEBCLK DEBUD DEBDD XDEBEN CG CS EEP/CG CLK EEP/CG SO DOT CLK OSD I0 OSD I1 VIC HD VIC VD
1 4 5 8 6 9 10 2
TO OPERATION KEY UNIT
IC102 BD4187FV BACKUP
18 E3DET 72 CH DET
SWOUT
FLASH CLK 31 FLASH RTS 32 FLASH RXD1 30 FLASH TXD1 29 VCC 5 VTR UNREG MODE RESET 10 VOUT 4 Q104 73 UNREG DET RMC PULSE IN 16 Q101
IC103 BD4746G RESET
B7 A15 A2 A3 A4 B2 B3 B4 B5 A1 A6 A8 A10 A12 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15
N.C
11 XOUT X101 16MHz 13 XIN S DET 79 EJECT SWITCH 66 8 X100 32.768KHz 9 XCOUT XCIN LET CONT 80 WIDE CONT 81 LINE IN 82 VCO HI 54 VTOS EN 17 VIC3 CS 48 TO POWER SUPPLY SECTION MAIN P.C.B. VTR ON DC J DET A/D I A/D V INIT-CHG1 INIT-CHG2 CHAGE BATT INFO AD EVF 8.5V ON BATT E3 52 VTR POWER SWITCH 71 DC J DET 90 A/D I 89 A/D V INIT-CHG1 INIT-CHG2 99 PS 100 TRI 41 CHAGE 88 BATT INFO A/D VIC3 CLOCK 35 VIC3 TO SUBCOM DATA 34 SUBCOM TO VIC3 DATA 33 STOV PC 2 1
XRESET 49
IC100 M30620MCN MODE MI-COM.
VTOS PC
VTOS ACTIVE 24 MTOC MODE2 59 MTOC MODE1 58 MTOC MODE0 57
E3V TO HINGE ASS'Y CN990 LCD 3V LCD 5V LCD 8.5V LCD 15V LCD 10V VTR UNREG PANEL XOE PANEL LCK LCD CS LCD EEP CS E3V+LI3V LCD LCD LCD LCD LCD VTR 3V 5V 8.5V 15V 10V UNREG
96 VREF 97 AVCC
NTSC XPAL 40 CASSETTE IN SWITCH 67
1 2 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 12
CASSETTE MEMORY A/D0 84 60 VCC2 CASSETTE MEMORY A/D1 85 14 VCC1 CASSETTE MEMORY SDA 28 CASSETTE MEMORY A/D2 86 38 PANEL BL ON 46 PANEL UD 63 PANEL LR 61 LCD ON CASSETTE MEMORY SDL 27 CASSETTE MEMORY ON 26 CHAGE LED 50 PANEL BOTTOM/TOP SWITCH 65 KEY AD0 91 KEY AD1 92 4 5 3 LCD EEP SIN OSDC/EEPROM/EVFIC/LCDIC/SCK OSDC/EEPROM/EVFIC/LCDIC/SO PAE/GREEN SW 75 PANEL OPEN SWITCH 64 DIAL CW SWITCH 42 DIAL CCW SWITCH 43 KEY AD2 93 KEY AD3 95 Q103 KEY LED2 21 KEY LED1 22 20 EVF 8.5V ON Q990 Q991 KEY LED0 23 Q102
VIC VD VIC HD OSD I1 OSD I0 DOT CLK EEP/CG SO EEP/CG CLK CGCS XDEBEN DEBDD DEBUD DEBCLK ZOOM KEY VTR POW SW CAM POW SW T/C POW SW FCH O MODE RESET RMC IN XRESET S DET EJECT SW LET CONT WIDE CONT LINE IN VCO HI VTOS EN VTOS CS VTOS SCK VTOS DATA STOV DATA STOV PC VTOS PC VTOS ACTIVE STOV MODE2 STOV MODE1 STOV MODE0 NTSC XPAL CAS IN MIC 1 MIC 2 MIC 3 MIC ON CARD DET CARD PRO CARD ACC LED
TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-2 MAIN P.C.B.
TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1 MAIN P.C.B. TO RKEY BACKLIGHT ASS'Y
RKEY P.C.B.
SW100 STOP P5V 1 4 3 2 CN100 P5V KEY LED2 KEY LED1 KEY LED0 CN103 PANEL OPEN SW CN101 PANEL B/T SW SW101 FF CN102 REW KEY KEY AD2 P5V KEY LED2 KEY LED1 KEY LED0 PANEL OPEN SW PANEL B/T SW 1 2 6 3 4 5 7 8 SW103 REW
SW102 TO DSW2 P.C.B. TO HINGE ASS'Y PLAY
P5V
TO SERVO SECTION MAIN P.C.B.
CARD P.C.B.
BT401 SW4001 DE SEL SW4002 CARD MIX
ZR70 MC A ZR65 MC A DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i E DM-FV40 ONLY
LITHIUM BATTERY
CN100 CARD ACC LED CARD PRO CARD DET CHAGE LED PANEL B/T SW KEY AD0 KEY AD1 PAE/GREEN PANEL OPEN SW DIAL CW DIAL CCW KEY AD2 KEY AD3 KEY LED2 KEY LED1 KEY LED0 KEY LED0 CARD DAT2 CARD CMD CARD DAT3 CARD SCK CARD DAT CARD DAT1
BT400 LI 3V SW4000 DE ON/OFF CN4001 KEY LED0 KEY LED1 KEY LED2 KEY AD3 KEY AD2 DIAL CCW DIAL CW PANEL OPEN SW PANEL B/T SW PAE/GREEN KEY AD0 KEY AD1 CARD ACC LED CHAGE LED CARD DET CARD PRO CARD DAT1 CARD DAT CARD SCK DVDD 3V CARD DAT3 CARD CMD CARD DAT2 SW4003 SELF CN4002 REW KEY DIAL PUSH MENU KEY AD2 KEY LED2 KEY LED1 KEY LED0 PANEL OPEN SW PANEL B/T SW DIAL CCW DIAL CW P5V CN4000 CARD DET CARD PRO MMC DAT2 MMC DAT1 MMC DAT MMC CLK MMC VDD MMC CMD MMC RSV
19 EVF SEN 55 EVF 3V ON TO CAC P.C.B. CN1002 CN1101 EVF EEP SIN LCD EEP SCK LCD EEP SOUT EVF SEN EVF 3V ON EVF BL ON EVF EEP CS EVF 8.5V 56 EVF BL ON 45 EVF EEPROM CS
A34 A33 A31 A32 A35 A27 A30 A28
TO CAMERA SECTION-2 MAIN P.C.B.
CARD DAT1 CARD DAT CARD SCK CARD DAT3 CARD CMD CARD DAT2
12 17 19 7 18 20 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 31 32 33 2 3 4 9 13 15
1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 15 10 13 11 21 26 14 16 18 20 24 27 29 30 31
SW4004 GREEN
P AE
Q4000 VTR UNREG LED4000 4 3
P5V
14 5 1 13 12 11 10 8 7 4 3 9
2 6 5
12 10 9 8 7 5 4 2 1
SD CARD
ZR70 MC A ZR65 MC A DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i E DM-FV40 ONLY
01
Feb. 2003
CANON INC. 2003
SERVO SECTION
DRUM SERVO SIGNAL CAPSTAN SERVO SIGNAL
DMC III MAIN P.C.B. (3/6)

D.W 37 D.V 35 D.U 34 D.COM 33 CN300 W W V V U U COIL COM DPG DFG SENS COM 1 2 8 9 10 11 3 6 7 5
DRUM MOTOR
PG FG
TO POWER SUPPLY SECTION MAIN P.C.B
D D C C
VM VS VM VS
D VM D VS
28 D.VM 29 D.VS 60 C.VM
D.PGIN 20 D.FGPGIN + 19 D.FGIN 18
C VS
61 C.VS C.HW 12
CFG DPG DFG
15 C.FGSMT 16 D.PGSMT 21 D.FGSMT 30 D.EC 40 L.FRB 41 L.REF Q304 57 D.PS 58 C.PS 59 C.FBR 62 C.EC
C.HW + 11 C.HU + 10 C.HU C.HV + 9 8 7
IC301 BD6636KV MOTOR DRIVE
C.HV
C.FGIN 14 C.FGIN + 13 DVDD 3V C.U C.V C.W 2 3 5
CN302 C H W W+ C H+ U+ U V+ V CFG2 CFG1 U COIL U COIL W COIL W COIL V COIL V COIL CFG VCC
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 17
CAPSTAN MOTOR
FG
LOADING MOTOR
DEW SENSOR
CN301 LOAD ( ) LOAD ( ) LOAD ( + ) LOAD ( + ) DEW + MSW SENS MSW VCC MSW VSS
VTR UNREG TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-3 MAIN P.C.B CFG DPG DFG DERR LOAD FR LODE ON DRUM ON CAP ON CAP FWD CERR T REEL FG S REEL FG DA CFG DEW MSW AD TAPE TOP TAPE END TAPE LED REC PROOF REEL LED CONT DA TREEL DA SREEL MIC2 MIC3 DVDD 3V P 5V
27 UNREG 22 VCC 45 L.VM
L.REV 44 L.FWD 42 R.IN1 + 46 R.IN1 47 DVDD 3V
4 5 9 10 3 6 7 8
MODE SW
48 ROUT1 51 ROUT2
R.IN2 + 49 R.IN2 50
TAPE END SENSOR TAPE TOP SENSOR
BOT DET EOT DET Q303 Q303 Q302 Q301 DVDD 3V
P 5V
TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1 MAIN P.C.B
Q300
TO SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION MAIN P.C.B
CAS IN MIC1 MIC2 MIC3 MIC ON
Q305
DVDD 3V
CN303 BOT E BOT C EOT E EOT C LED A LED K REC PRF MIC3 MIC2 MIC1 C IN T IN T IN + T OUT T OUT + S IN S IN + S OUT S OUT +
1 2 20 21 14 15 5 4 6 7 12 8 10 9 11 16 18 17 19
SAFETY SW
MIC
CASSETTE IN SW
IN + 1 OUT 1 IN 1 OUT 2 IN 2 IN + 2
3 1 2 7 6 5
FG
TAKE UP REEL
IC300 NJM12904R OPE AMP
FG
SUPPLY REEL
01
Feb. 2003
CANON INC. 2003
AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1
DATA COMMUNICATION ANALOG VIDEO SIGNAL ANALOG AUDIO SIGNAL DIGITAL AUDIO SIGNAL CARD USB/SIC SIGNAL
MAIN P.C.B. (4/6)

TO JACK P.C.B. CN7 CN2101 11 34 37 15 14 26 27 23 8 12 3 4 2 22 21 33 31 19 V I/O/H/P R Y I/O C I/O AV L/HP L AV R D D+ V BUS CAM LED AV DET EXT PDET EXT R EXT L SP SP + S DET EJECT SW RMC IN V LINE IN
NTSC iPAL ONLY

48 CLAMP
IC2100 LD502U VIF2

GCA EQ LPF
C SYNC SEP 27MHz
2 4 36
CSYNC I VCLK Y IN
Y LINE IN 75 Q2104 75 Q2103 75 Q2101 C LINE IN AA 4.7V V OUT Y OUT C OUT
46
CLAMP
Y CONT Y/C SEP BPF 40 21
CLAMP Y REC C
10 27 30 25
CLAMP
C CONT 34 17 SERIAL DATA CLK DATA VCC CS 15 Y OUT C OUT VIC VD VIC VD TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-2
Q3503
Q3501
ZR70 MC A DM-MV650i E DM-FV40 ONLY
WIDE DETECT Q2100 VIF 4.7V
7 VIF 4.7V Q2106
11
20
26
31
32
37
45
47
12
13
14
19
Q2105 AVDD 1.4V
AV SCLK AV SO VIF CS
TO SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION MAIN P.C.B.
RMC IN EJECT SW S DET LET CONT WIDE CONT LINE IN X RESET Q701
Q2102
233 VIC VD
364 C IN
298 CLAMP Y
248 Y IN
257 VCLK
154 CSYNC I
TO POWER SUPPLY SECTION MAIN P.C.B.
ADV MIC L ADV MIC R SHOE ID1 SHOE ON CN2900 B8 TMS A7 TCK B10 TDO A1 V I/O B7 TRST B5 MIC2 B6 MIC3 B3 VTR ON IC3201
EXT DETECT
SCLK2 261 267 TMS 112 TCK 113 TDO POWER SUPPLY SECTION MAIN P.C.B. 250 Y O AA3V AA4.7V 85 C O 88 VRL 2 249 VRH 2 15 9 16 10 HP AMP 12 11 AUDIO MUTE 36 HP AMP 34 GAIN AMP LINE AMP DAC CONTROL REGISTER 35 33 AIF CS AV SO AV SCLK Q3502 D+ VBUS CAM LED 14 13 39 41 20 58 30 28 42 D 136 AIN13 330 DN 329 DP 15 SCS9 338 XECS4 16 SCS5 107 SCS6 9 CDATA7 EADDR (0) 279 129 210 40 337 39 128 22 53 PRE AMP (L) INV AMP EQ AMP HPF CN701 INT MIC R INT MIC L 61 60 50 49 48 47 46 44 43 38 MIC MIC LINE ALC AMP ADC AUDIO I/F CONTROL 23 25 26 WCK LRCK FORM CAMERA SECTION 209 38 336 127 EADDR (0) EADDR (1) EADDR (2) EADDR (3) EADDR (4) EADDR (5) EADDR (6) EADDR (7) EADDR (8) EADDR (9) EADDR (10) EADDR (11) EADDR (12) EADDR (13) EADDR (14) EADDR (15) EADDR (16) EADDR (17) EADDR (18) EADDR (19) EADDR (20) E1 A0 D1 C1 A1 B1 D2 C2 A2 B5 A5 C5 D5 B6 A6 C6 D6 E6 B2 C3 D4 A19 D3 NC3 F1 CE G1 OE A4 WE B4 RESET DO0 E2 H2 E3 H3 H4 E4 EDATA (0) FROM AUDIO VIDEO SECTION-2 IC2301 (3/3) EDATA (15) SO2 321 SCS3 17 SCS2 191
AV SCLK AV SO VIF CS AIF CS
N.C
VTR ON
TO SERVO SECTION MAIN P.C.B.
205 34 275 123 332 204 33 122 32 203 121 331 31 273 202 120
MIC2 MIC3
339 AIN 14 27 ICD0
IC801 AK4561 AUDIO INTERFACE

64 54
CR NETWORK
CR NETWORK
AD OFF REC MUTE CLOCK DIVIDER LINE
31 32 24 AMCK
147 LPS 280 XECS2 20 PWM4
EDATA (0) EDATA (1) EDATA (2) EDATA (3) EDATA (4) EDATA (5) EDATA (6) EDATA (7) EDATA (8) EDATA (9) EDATA (10) EDATA (11) EDATA (12) EDATA (13) EDATA (14) EDATA (15)
40
MIC
(R)
2 4
IC2300 MBM29LV160BE7OPBT FLASH
H5 E5 F2 G2 F3 G3 F4 G5 F5 DO15 G6
CR NETWORK
CR NETWORK Q810,Q811 Q802 POWER OFF MUTE OFF MUTE Q806 AUDIO MUTE Q812
IC2301 (2/3) MB87M1254 VIC3

131 XECS1
208 37 277 126 335 334 36
Q804 Q808
125 206
5 8 V REF 4V Vcc
HP ON HP MUTE Q807
276 291 D5 225 D4 35 EADDR (22) 333 XECSO 212 XERD 43 XEWRU 44
P 5V
V IN
V OUT
IC802 NJM2770R SP DRIVER

1
Q805 Q801
Q803
SP STANDBY
TRST 23 146 D3 XRESET 135
IC803 TK11140CS 4V REGULATOR
27M TCK TMS EADATA (0) to (15) EADDR (0) to (22) XERD XEWRU TRST AUD 2 I MACS1 I
TO CAMERA SECTION-2 MAIN P.C.B.
01
Feb. 2003
CANON INC. 2003
AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-2
DIGITAL DV SIGNAL DIGITAL (VIDEO+AUDIO SIGNAL) DRUM SERVO SIGNAL CAPSTAN SERVO SIGNAL
MAIN P.C.B. (5/6)

SDRAM 2.7V DQ0 1 3 9 VCC1 VCCQ1 VCCQ2 DQ1 DQ2 DQ3 DQ4 2 4 5 7 8 MDATA (0) MDATA (1) MDATA (2) MDATA (3) MDATA (4) MDATA (5) MDATA (6) MDATA (7) MDATA (8) MDATA (9) MDATA (10) MDATA (11) MDATA (12) MDATA (13) MDATA (14) MDATA (15) ADDR (0) ADDR (1) ADDR (2) ADDR (3) ADDR (4) ADDR (5) ADDR (6) ADDR (7) ADDR (8) ADDR (9) ADDR (10) ADDR (11) ADDR (12) ADDR (13) DQML XWE XCAS XRAS XCS CKE MCLK DQMU LOAD FR LOAD ON CAP ON DRUM ON REC PROOF REEL LED CONT DA CFG TO SERVO SECTION MAIN P.C.B. DA SREEL LOAD FR LOAD ON CAP ON DRUM ON REC PROOF REEL LED CONT DA CFG DA SREEL DA TREEL TAPE TOP TAPE END MSW AD DEW CAS IN T REEL FG S REEL FG DERR CERR CFG DPG DFG CAP FWD TAPE LED DA TREEL TAPE TOP TAPE END MSW AD DEW CAS IN T REEL FG S REEL FG DERR CERR CFG DPG DFG CAP FWD TAPE LED CN2501 78 MDATA (0) 241 MDATA (1) 163 MDATA (2) 357 MDATA (3) 303 MDATA (4) 240 MDATA (5) 162 MDATA (6) 76 MDATA (7) 356 MDATA (8) 355 MDATA (9) 161 MDATA (10) 75 MDATA (11) 302 MDATA (12) 238 MDATA (13) 160 MDATA (14) 74 MDATA (15) 82 ADDR (0) 167 ADDR (1) 244 ADDR (2) 306 ADDR (3) 81 ADDR (4) 359 ADDR (5) 243 ADDR (6) 80 ADDR (7) 305 ADDR (8) 165 ADDR (9) 358 ADDR (10) 242 ADDR (11) 164 ADDR (12) 304 ADDR (13) 360 DQML 83 XWE 169 XCAS 246 XRAS 362 XCS 307 CKE 168 MCLK 361 DQMU 26 ICLK 116 ICD3 270 ICD2 213 BRQ 268 TCLK 45 BGRNTX 265 PWM7 110 PWM6 193 PWM5 341 AIN0 286 AIN1 218 AIN2 138 AIN3 48 AIN12 68 RFGT 232 RFGS 296 PWMD 153 PWMC 67 CFG 66 DPG 231 DFG UTIL SWP 4 UTIL SWP 3 UTIL SWP 2 UTIL SWP 1 152 ROFS XRCLK 58 D6 RCLK UTIL SWP 0 SWP 65 PB H 229 Q2000 6 2 1 SDLSEL 350 9 SDL PB ON 40 39 XRDAT 294 34 45 43 42 UTIL SWP 5 252 RDAT 150 32 35 REC CONT 36 REC ON 5 38 21 REC H 63 HA 3V HA 4.7V VD 233 HD 155 OSD I0 234 OSD I1 70 DOT CLK 156 D0 226 D1 347 D2 59 CTL0 145 CTL1 224 SYSCLK 57 AIN7 285 AIN10 216 XEINT2 214 ICD1 198 SCS0 264 UAT CLK 192 TX 325 RX 19 XDEBEN 272 VIC VD VIC HD OSD I0 OSD I1 DOT CLK STOV MODE0 STOV MODE1 STOV MODE2 STOV PC CG CS VTOS CS ZOOM KEY CARD DET CARD PRO CARD ACCESS LED VTOS EN VTOS SCK VTOS DATA STOV DATA XDEBEN DEBUD DEBDD DEBCLK NTSC XPAL EEP/CG SO EEP/CG CLK VTOS ACTIVE VTOS PC CN2900 VTR POW SW T/C POW SW CAM POW SW FCH 0 SWP PBRF A3 A4 A5 A6 A8 A10 TPA 140 XTPA 220 TPB 53 XTPB 141 VIC VD TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1 VIC VD VIC HD OSD I0 OSD I1 DOT CLK STOV MODE0 STOV MODE1 STOV MODE2 STOV PC CG CS VTOS CS ZOOM KEY CARD DET CARD PRO CARD ACCESS LED VTOS EN VTOS SCK VTOS DATA STOV DATA XDEBEN DEBUD DEBDD DEBCLK NTSC XPAL EEP/CG SO EEP/CG CLK VTOS ACTIVE VTOS PC VCO HI VTR POW SW T/C POW SW CAM POW SW FCH 0 TO SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION MAIN P.C.B. XTPB TPB XTPA TPA 1 2 3 4 TO DV TERMINAL
14 VCC2 27 VCC3 43 VCCQ3 49 VCCQ4
DQ5 10 DQ6 11 DQ7 13 DQ8 42 DQ9 44 DQ10 45 DQ11 47 DQ12 48 DQ13 50 DQ14 51 DQ15 53 A0 23 A1 24
IC2302 W986416DH-7 SDRAM
A2 25 A3 26 A4 29 A5 30 A6 31 A7 32 A8 33 A9 34 A10/AP 22 A11 35 A12(BA1) 21 A13(BA0) 20 DQML 15 /WE 16 /CAS 17 /RAS 18 /CS 19 CKE 37 CLK 38 DQMU 39
IC2301(3/3) MB87M1255 VIC3
DEBUD 118 DEBDD 200 DEBCLK 28 ICS2 117 SO1 188 SCLK1 187 SCLK0 104 SO0 322
NC
IC2000 LD502WA VRP2
46
H1A H1B H2A H2B CN2000 H1A H1B H2A H2B
2 3 5 6
CH-1 HEAD
CH-2 HEAD
DRUM UNIT
VIDEO SIGNAL
TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION1 IC2301 (2/3) TO CAMERA SECTION2 IC2301 (1/3) VCA PBRF 158 17 GOH GDL EQ VCO
AUDIO SIGNAL
230 151 176 353 295 93
RAGC
RAPC
177 313
29
30
13
11
12
25
26
28
22
23
GDH CONT
GDH CONT
GDL CONT
GDL CONT
EQ CONT
EQ CONT
XRCLK
RAGC
RAPC
01
Feb. 2003
EQFC
RAFC
RCLK
XRCLK
RAGC
RAPC
EQFC
RAFC
RCLK
CANON INC. 2003
POWER SUPPLY SECTION

DRUM SERVO SIGNAL CAPSTAN SERVO SIGNAL
MAIN P.C.B.(6/6)
Q3209 FU3205 Q3210
CN891 SHOE UNREG SHOE UNREG ID-1 ADV MIC L ADV MIC R
1 2 5 8 9
TO SHOE CONNECTOR ASS'Y
TO DC P.C.B. DC JACK
2 3 1
CN3201 DC + DC J SW DC Q1803 8 7 6 5 Q1804
FU3201 FU3202 FU3203 FU3204 Q1806 D1801 6 5 4 34 Q1802 1 2 3 CH1 OSC 46 Q3204 1.4V (CH1) 50 4
Q1805
ADV MIC R ADV MIC L SHOE ID1 SHOE ON
TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1 MAIN P.C.B.
C VS D VS
VTR UNREG LPF LPF 2 1 LPF LPF 27 VCC 43 CH2 53 LPF LPF LPF LPF D1802 40 LPF MICOM UNREG CH3 4 Q3205 3V (CH3) 56 D1803 2 1 5 LPF 4 LPF LPF DVDD 3V AVDD 2.7V SDRAM 2.7V DIF 2.7V MACS 1.4V DVDD 1.4V AVDD 1.4V HA 3V IRIS 3V LCD 3V CAM 3V AA 3V
DC J DET INIT-CHG2 INIT-CHG1 CHAGE A/D I VTR ON EVF 8.5V ON A/D V BATT INFO AD BATTA E3
33
Q1808
Q1807
TO BATTERY TERMIANL
1 2 3 4 5 6
CN3202 BATT E3 BATT INFO AD BATT BATT BATT + BATT + FU1801
V IN
IC3202 TK11128CS V OUT 2.7V REGULATOR
V IN
DVDD 2.5V
3 1 2 5 7 6
IC3201 MB3881 DC/DC CONVERTER
37 CH4 4 Q3206 P5V (CH4) 57 5 2 1
V IN
LPF 4 LPF LPF
AA 4.7V VIF 4.7V HA 4.7V
IC1802 MM6564XF OPE/AMP

21 CH5
LPF 3 5
LCD 5V P 5V
Q3207 DRUM VS (CH5) 60 4
D VM C VS
22
15 CH6 Q3208 CAP VS (CH6) 61 4
D3202 LPF LCD 8.5V
16
5 6 5 4 Q3200 1 T3201 4 5 2 3
DVDD 3V
11 ON/OFF CONT. VTR ON TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1 MAIN P.C.B. 28 30 31 29 CH1,3,4,8 CH5,6 CH7 CH2 5 CH8 3 2 7 1 64 8 D3201 62 CH7 Q3201 D3204
LPF
LCD 10V
LPF
LCD 15V
Q3202
T3202 D3205 4 5 LPF CCD 7V
3 2 7 1 8 D3203 LPF CCD 15V
01
Feb. 2003
CANON INC. 2003
LCD P.C.B. SECTION

DATA COMMUNICATION
LCD P.C.B.
LCD UNREG 5 ON T4201 CPU9D25 4 3 3 LCD 8.5V Q902 LCD 7.5V 7 VTR UNREG 4 Q4201 SWITCH
CONTROL
6 1
4 2 3
IC4201 R1223N152H DC/DC CONVERTER CONTROL
2 1 3 Q4202 DRIVER 2 1 5 5 VTR UNREG WP4201 BACK LIGHT WP4202 6
Q903 Q4203
LCD 3V LCD 5V CN902 1 2 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 LCD 3V LCD 5V LCD 8.5V LCD 15V LCD -10V VTR UNREG PANEL XOE PANEL LCK LCD CS LCD EEP CS LCD 8.5V LCD 15V 9 LCD-10V OE LCK LCS ECS VTR UNREG SO CLK LCK OE 2 3 4 DATA CLK LCK Q4 LCD 3V
Q912
Q911 Q901
7.5V
18 VCC2
25 VCC3
Q904
LCD 5V
20 VDD Q1 Q2 6 7 3V ON 5V ON 15V ON 48 BL ON 1 2 R G B CLAMP GCA CLAMP GCA Q6 11 CLAMP GCA 43 VDD E CS CLK SO SO 44 VCC1 1 2 3 4 CS SK DI DO 3V ON Q906
5V ON R OUT G OUT B OUT 16 14 11 CN903 VGL VCC AVDD VR VG VB L/R STHR STHL CPH3 CPH2 CPH1 STVR STVL CKV DEV Q1H OEH VCOM VGH 1 8 11 15 16 17 13 12 24 19 20 21 3 7 5 6 22 23 10 9 Q910
IC902 BU2092FV SERI/PARA CONVERTER
Q5 10
CNTRST
GAMMA
S/H
BRIGHT
TO HINGE ASS'Y
19 OE
RL STH2
41 19 20 22 23 24 29 30 31 32 33 34 8 9 Q908 6 5 4 2 3 6 1 5 4 2 3 4 3 5 2 1 Q909 6
IC901 BR9010RFV-W EEPROM
VCC
LCD 3V LCD 3V 47 PLL
STH1 CPH3 CPH2 CPH1
CN901 5 6 7 4 1 2 3 PANEL R PANEL G PANEL B C SYNC LCD EEP SOUT LCD EEP SCK SIN 1
TIMING GENERATOR
STV1 STV2 CPV
LCD UNIT LCD
TO HINGE ASS'Y
SO CLK SO
L CS CLK SO
37 38 39
CS CLK D1 S I/F CONTROL
OEV QH OEH COMDC VCOM
LCD 15V Q905 LCD 7.5V 15V ON
IC903 AN2545NFHQ LCD DRIVE
1 Q907
01
Feb. 2003
CANON INC. 2003
JACK P.C.B. SECTION

ANALOG VIDEO SIGNAL ANALOG AUDIO SIGNAL CARD USB/SIC SIGNAL
SPEAKER
1 2
JACK P.C.B.
CN5 SP + SP LED1 CN7 ZD1
CN1
MIC JACK
TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1 MAIN P.C.B. CN2101
TO CAMERA SECTION-2 MAIN P.C.B. CN2101
18 17 31 37 36 35 25 27 28 24 16 13 12 20 8 6 5 2 21 9
SP + SP CAM LED EXT L EXT P DET EXT R AV R AV DET V I/O/HP R AV L/HP L VBUS D D+ RMC IN EJECT SW S DET Y I/O C I/O P GY OUT Y GY OUT
AV JACK
CN2
CN3 VBUS ( + 5V) D D+
1 2 3
USB JACK
TO EJECT SW
CN6 EJECT SW
ZR70 MC A ZR65MC DM-MV650i E DM-MV630i E DM-FV40 ONLY
OUT
IC1601 ENC.03JA VCC P SENSOR GYRO
CAM3V
S JACK
Y G1 C G2 CN4
IC1602 OUT ENC.03JB VCC Y SENSOR GYRO
CAM3V
01
Feb. 2003
CANON INC. 2003
DM-MV650i E
MAIN P.C.B. CAC P.C.B. CCD P.C.B. LCD P.C.B. CVF P.C.B. JACK P.C.B. CARD P.C.B. RKEY P.C.B.
MAIN P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
MAIN P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
CAC P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
CAC P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
CCD P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
CCD P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
LCD P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
LCD P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
CVF P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
CVF P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
JACK P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
JACK P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
CARD P.C.B. (COMPONENT SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
CARD P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
RKEY P.C.B. (SOLDERING SIDE)
DM-MV650i E
DM-MV650i E
DM-MV630i E
DM-MV630i E
DM-MV630i E
DM-MV630i E
DM-MV630i E
DM-MV630i E
DM-MV630i E
DM-MV630i E
DM-MV630i E
DM-MV630i E
DM-MV630i E
DM-MV630i E
DM-MV630i E
DM-MV630i E
DM-MV630i E
DM-MV630i E
DM-MV630i E
DM-MV600i E DM-MV600 E DM-MV590 E

DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E,DM-MV590 E
CZ Chart
Siemens Chart

Canon DM Mv600i DM Mv630i DM Mv600 DM Mv590 Service Repair Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Canon DM Mv600i DM Mv630i DM Mv600 DM Mv590 Service Repair Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Video Product

DM-MV650i E,DM-MV630i E DM-MV600i E,DM-MV600 E DM-MV590 E

Canon Inc. Digital Imaging Products Service Dept.

c CANON INC. 2003

First Edition : Feb. 2003 First Print : Feb. 2003

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

Multi Media Compact & Stylish Camcorder

1-2 Main Features

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-2-1 Direct Printer Compatible

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E XGA-size (1024 768) still images

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-3 Function and Performance List

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-4 Function and Performance Comparison Chart

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E

Evaluative photometry + All area photometry

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

Item Shooting functions Exposure adjustment AE lock AE shift

Motion video shooting

(DM-MV650i E only) (continuous, approx. 30 seconds)

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

Wind screen EVF

Size Pixels Brightness adjustment Movable

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

DM-FV600i E/ DM-MV600 E / DM-MV590 E

Champagne metallic (same as DM-MV550i E)

Blue metallic (same as DM-MV5i MC E)

Dark blue metallic (new color)

Cover L: Silver (paint)

Cover L: Gray (color of molded plastic)

Cover L: Gray (color of molded plastic)

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

2-2 DMC III Digital Mechanism Chassis

2-2-2 Configuration Comparison of DMC II and DMC III

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

2-2-3 DMC III Slide in/out Status

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

2-3 Direct Print (Canon Camera Direct Correspondence Printer)

2-3-1 Direct Print Operation Specifications

2-3-2 Calling up the Direct Print Setting Screen

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

3. Performance and Functions

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

5-6-2 Photometric system

Screen segments 5-6-3 Exposure correction function AE shift

5-6-4 Electronic shutter High-speed shutter

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

LCD panel OFF ON ON ON

CVF ON OFF OFF ON

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

6-8-3 File names/folder names

Card volume label

Stored files Sample images included at time of shipping

Photographed image recording area

DM-MV650i E, DM-MV630i E, DM-MV600i E, DM-MV600 E, DM-MV590 E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT